UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023
or
For the transition period from
to
Commission File Number 0-23245
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State of or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
1750 E. Golf Road
Schaumburg, Illinois
(Address of principal executive offices)
36-3932190
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
60173
(zip code)
Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (847) 781-3600
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Trading symbol(s)
PRDO
Name of each exchange on which registered
Nasdaq Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No
☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company
☒
☐
☐
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
☐
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing
reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by
any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the $12.27 per share closing sale price
of the Registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2023 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), was approximately
$650,000,000. For purposes of this calculation, the Registrant’s directors, executive officers and 10% or greater stockholders have been assumed to be affiliates. This
assumption of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. As of February 16, 2024, the number of outstanding shares of the
Registrant’s common stock was 65,650,039.
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be subsequently filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report to
the extent indicated herein.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
BUSINESS ....................................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS...........................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS .......................................................................................................................
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY ......................................................................................................................................................
PROPERTIES ...............................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .............................................................................................................................................
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.................................................................................................................................
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ..............................................................................................
RESERVED ..................................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS .........................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.............................................
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA .............................................................................
ITEM 8.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
ITEM 9.
DISCLOSURE .........................................................................................................................................................
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .............................................................................................................................
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................................
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS............................
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE .....................................................
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ................................................................................................................................
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.................................................................................................................................
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ..........
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES..............................................................................................
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES......................................................................................
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.............................................................................................................................................
INDEX TO EXHIBITS ....................................................................................................................................................................
SIGNATURES .................................................................................................................................................................................
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS......................................................................................................................................
Page
1
28
42
43
44
44
44
45
47
48
60
60
60
60
61
61
62
62
62
63
63
64
64
65
68
69
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
PART I
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows,
performance and business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our
management. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,”
“seek,” “should,” “will,” “continue to,” “outlook,” “focused on” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive
means of identifying forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject
to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed herein under the caption “Risk
Factors” that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance, business prospects
and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly required by the
federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of the forward-
looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other reason.
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education primarily online to a diverse student
population, along with campus-based and blended learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical
University (“CTU”) and the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) – provide degree programs from
the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional development programs. Our academic institutions
offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy
adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing personalized learning technologies like their
intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve and educate students while enhancing overall learning
and academic experiences. Perdoceo's institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners
who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.
When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to
Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.
Our reporting segments correspond to our accredited institutions.
CTU
CTU is committed to providing quality and industry-relevant higher education to a diverse student population through
innovative technology and experienced faculty, enabling the pursuit of personal and professional goals. CTU is focused on serving
adult, non-traditional students seeking career advancement, as well as addressing employer’s needs for a well-educated workforce.
CTU offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business and management, nursing, healthcare management,
computer science, engineering, information systems and technology, project management, cybersecurity and criminal justice.
Additionally, CTU also offers non-degree and professional development programs.
Discussion of business operations, trends and key drivers of operating results will primarily focus on CTU’s degree programs,
which represent a majority of CTU’s operations and the CTU segment. Specific references will be made to non-degree and
professional development programs when material to the disclosure or necessary to understand the overall discussion.
AIUS
AIUS is committed to providing quality and accessible higher education opportunities for a diverse student population,
including adult and other non-traditional learners and the military community. AIUS places emphasis on the educational, professional
and personal growth of each student. AIUS offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies,
information technologies, education, health sciences and criminal justice. AIUS also provides non-degree and professional
development programs.
AIUS is comprised of three universities: the American InterContinental University ("AIU"), Trident University International
(“Trident” or “TUI”) and California Southern University ("CalSouthern"). The AIUS structure provides a framework for all three
universities to continue to serve their unique student populations while benefitting from one university system. Although all
universities operate under a shared governance structure and have a common mission, the system structure allows each to retain its
name and customize its programs and instructional and student service models to the needs of its unique student populations.
Discussion of business operations, trends and key drivers of operating results will primarily focus on AIU, which represents a
majority of the AIU System and AIUS reporting segment. Specific references will be made to the other universities or non-degree and
professional development programs when material to the disclosure or necessary to understand the overall discussion.
1
Student Enrollments Statistics
Total student enrollments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were approximately 34,500 students and 39,200 students,
respectively, with approximately 97% enrolled in our institutions’ fully-online academic programs for each of the years ended
December 31, 2023 and 2022. Substantially all of the students attending our institutions reside within the United States of America.
Total student enrollments and student enrollment statistics stated above and presented below do not include learners pursuing: a) non-
degree and professional development programs, and b) degree seeking, non-Title IV participating, self-paced programs at our
universities. Additional student enrollment demographic information for our institutions as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as
follows:
Student Enrollments by Age Group
Over 30
21 to 30
Under 21
Student Enrollments by Core Curricula
Business Studies
Information Technology
Health Education
Student Enrollments by Degree Granting Program
Doctoral and Master's Degree
Bachelor's Degree
Associate Degree
As a Percentage of Total
Student Enrollments as of
December 31,
2023
2022
71%
27%
2%
68%
29%
3%
As a Percentage of Total
Student Enrollments as of
December 31,
2023
2022
74%
14%
12%
76%
12%
12%
As a Percentage of Total
Student Enrollments as of
December 31,
2023
2022
13%
70%
17%
11%
68%
21%
GUIDING PRINCIPLES AND STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
To compete successfully in today’s demanding economy, people benefit from higher education that provides a foundation of
knowledge and skills they can use in the workplace and to build meaningful careers. We aim to become a leading provider of online
postsecondary education to non-traditional students, including adult learners. The core guiding principles we focus on in our pursuit of
this goal are:
•
•
•
enhancing academic outcomes;
improving academic quality and integrity; and
complying with regulations.
Our strategic priorities that we believe will support our goal to become a leading provider of online postsecondary education to
non-traditional students and position the Company for long-term sustainable and responsible growth are:
•
•
•
•
optimize student enrollment processes;
enhance student retention and engagement;
use technology as a differentiator;
leverage efficient and effective scalable shared services to support organic growth at our universities and as a key enabler
for inorganic growth strategies; and
2
•
invest in student-serving processes that support our overall academic operations.
OUR BUSINESS
Through our two accredited academic institutions, we offer a quality postsecondary education primarily online to a diverse
student population, along with campus-based and blended learning programs. We pursue a student-first mindset in our efforts to
provide student support throughout the academic life cycle, from enrollment and orientation through ongoing coaching and learning
leading up to graduation, which we believe enhances overall student learning experiences and academic outcomes. We are committed
to investing in our academic institutions and student support technology, which we believe enables our student support teams to
provide customized service that contributes to positive student experiences. Technology is a key enabler for us, and we are continuing
to expand the use of artificial intelligence ("AI") and machine learning to additional areas of the student academic life cycle. We
believe that our technology innovations provide students with tools that enable them to focus on educational content in a manner that
is best suited to their personal learning style.
Marketing, Student Recruitment and the Student Enrollment Process
Our academic institutions seek motivated students with both the desire and ability to complete their academic programs of
choice. To promote interest among potential students, our institutions develop and engage in a variety of marketing activities which
build awareness of our institutions among prospective students. Our marketing programs are designed to focus on enrolling students
who we believe will be more likely to succeed at one of our academic institutions and eventually complete their degree of choice.
Perdoceo primarily serves a non-traditional and diverse student population, including adult learners. Our students have a broad
range of educational and employment experiences which contributes to their college-level readiness. Each of our universities has an
admissions function responsible for interacting with prospective students interested in applying to an institution after they have
expressed interest in learning more about our academic institutions and programs. Generally, to be qualified for admission to one of
our universities, an applicant must have received a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent, such as a General Education
Development certificate. Some of our programs may also require applicants to meet specific program admissions requirements.
We use data analytics to help us identify and focus on prospective students who are more likely to succeed at one of our
universities. Our prospective student outreach process uses technology to provide a more customized approach to enable us to more
effectively provide prospective students with relevant information to help them make more informed academic decisions.
One of our technology initiatives over the last few years to expand the use of AI and machine learning throughout the academic
life cycle is AI-based virtual assistant “chatbots” that we have named Lucy at AIUS and Rosie at CTU. Both Lucy and Rosie have
streamlined the process for prospective students who want to learn about our institutions and can address a majority of their questions
while continuing to learn from their interactions. If these chatbots are unable to address a question, the prospective student is referred
to our admissions personnel for additional assistance.
Our technology enhancements enable our admissions staff to customize their prospective student outreach and engagement
strategies based on students’ prior educational experience, degree and areas of program interest, thus providing a more meaningful and
relevant interaction with the prospective student. We believe prospective students have an improved overall experience in
communications with our admissions personnel due to these enhancements.
Admissions advisors serve as one of the prospective students’ primary contacts, providing information to help them make
informed enrollment decisions and assisting them with the completion of the enrollment process. The admissions advisors also have a
responsibility to provide guidance and support through the enrollment application process and student orientation as well as assist each
student as they transition into their first class.
Once a decision has been made to enroll at one of our academic institutions, the financial aid team works with the prospective
student, providing them with necessary information, including about various loans and grants available to finance their education. The
focus is on getting these students financially prepared for school in a timely manner so that they can focus on their academic activities.
Every enrolled student is offered an orientation that is designed to prepare them to begin classes at our institutions. This
orientation process also provides the opportunity for students to understand our academic and support services. We believe completion
of these activities better prepares a student to make an informed decision about pursuing their education as well as allows them to be
more successful as it simulates their classroom experience both online and in a campus-based environment. Completion of orientation
does not financially obligate students, nor does it require students to continue their education with the university.
Additionally, first-time students who attend online programs at our universities and do not want to continue have 21 days after
the start of their program to notify the university of their intention to withdraw. Students who notify and withdraw from the university
within 21 days will not be responsible for any tuition-related expenses and are refunded any amounts they have paid in tuition and
other institutional fees.
Employer Supported Students
3
Our universities have focused on strategic engagement with certain employers that support their workforces through education
benefits such as tuition assistance programs. During 2023, both academic institutions continued to focus on and invest in engaging
these students. We expect this continued engagement to result in new student interest through increased awareness of our institutions
for the employees of these employers. Engaging with these employers provides us with an opportunity to connect with and educate a
population of students we would otherwise not likely have access to. Students who attend our institutions from these employers are
awarded grants from the applicable university to partially offset their tuition costs, the amount of which can vary and depend on the
employer’s approach to supporting the educational pursuits of its workforce. Although the amount paid by these students results in
lower revenue per student due to the grants awarded from the applicable university, the recruiting, marketing and support costs
associated with these students are lower as well and many of these students are able to graduate from their chosen program of study
with little or no debt. Further, these students are more likely to start class and tend to be more persistent in their pursuit of long-term
learning, which we believe will result in higher life-time value per student. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 32.0% and 7.1%
of total student enrollments at CTU and AIUS, respectively, attend due to these employer sponsored engagements.
Student Retention and Academic Outcomes
Our institutions focus on improving student retention and enhancing academic outcomes. Investments in student serving
processes, including the use of technology, is a key focus to support these efforts. Our faculty and student advisors provide frequent
assistance and feedback to students during their course of academic study. We support increased communication between our faculty
and students by providing faculty with various technology enablers such as a two-way messaging platform and enhanced data
reporting and analytics to help them provide meaningful academic support and information. As is the case at any postsecondary
educational institution, a portion of our students withdraw from their academic programs for a variety of academic, financial or
personal reasons, and these efforts are designed to help our students remain in school and succeed in their academic program.
Our student advising model promotes collaboration between faculty and student advisors, which we believe enhances
effectiveness and provides students with consistent support and communication. Student advisors continue to work with students
throughout their academic program to provide relevant and specific feedback and guidance as they progress through their classes.
Additionally, a team of staff members from advising, admissions and financial aid works directly with each new student creating a
student-service atmosphere and encouraging quality interactions.
Coupled with the student advising model, our academic institutions continually review course content and sequencing to ensure
workload levels build gradually as students develop skills and acclimate to course expectations, which we believe improves academic
outcomes. Courses have been redesigned to accommodate skill development holistically, which we believe will support progressive
learning.
AIUS' student-centric framework focuses on having students interact with their admissions advisor from enrollment through the
end of their first academic session and be subsequently supported by faculty and student advisors. We believe this structure improves
overall student experiences and retention. This cross-functional strategy is aimed at improving student engagement throughout the
student’s academic life cycle, with particular emphasis on the important onboarding phase and first academic term as the students
adjust to their academic program. In 2023, AIUS launched a "Ready" course, which allows students to experience the classroom
atmosphere weeks before classes begin.
CTU leverages data analytics to provide proactive outreach and personalized advising to improve student retention and
academic outcomes. This approach is intended to help us reach the right student at the right time with the right support, which we
expect will increase learning and course completion by our students. We continue to refine our data analytics process to enable our
student advisors to be more effective in their student engagement efforts.
Program Development
Our universities develop and deliver a variety of programs primarily resulting in the award of credentials ranging from
certificates to doctoral degrees in career-oriented programs of study in core curricula areas of business studies, information technology
and health education.
Our curricula, instructional delivery tools and experienced faculty comprise the learning experience that provides our student
population with a unique opportunity to develop the knowledge, skills and competencies required for specific careers. The curriculum
development process focuses on desired career needs, while considering relative competencies necessary to achieve these career
needs, as well as any applicable recommendations set forth by advisory boards, programmatic accrediting agencies and industry
standards. Subsequently, learning objectives are identified and courses are developed which foster student engagement in activities
and optimally result in the attainment of program learning outcomes.
Over the past two years, our institutions have continued the expansion of their offerings with the acquisition of non-degree
professional development programs. These online courses offer upskilling and reskilling opportunities where one can develop skills
and knowledge in a specific endeavor or area of interest.
Instructional Delivery
4
Our instructional delivery for our degree programs is based on the belief that learning depends on instructional methodologies
that facilitate student engagement with the instructor, with other students and with the course content. This engagement is fundamental
to student learning outcomes, regardless of whether instruction occurs within a physical or virtual classroom. We continue to focus on
innovation in our delivery of online education to enhance the learning experience for students.
During 2023, we finalized a multi-year project to enhance and upgrade our student technology infrastructure. This included
several upgrades to our virtual campus and mobile platforms and a redesign of our digital toolsets and technology that our faculty and
student support teams utilize to serve and educate students throughout their academic life cycle. These upgrades are expected to
further enhance student experiences, especially for our non-traditional adult learners, while driving efficiencies within the business.
Learning Management System
Construction of, and ongoing enhancement to, a virtual campus that engages online students with their instructor, peers and
content is critical to the achievement of student learning outcomes. CTU and AIUS’ online instructional delivery is accomplished
using innovative, student-focused learning management systems. While online content delivery is very common today, our course
content delivery systems have several features that make them distinctive. Designed around students, our course content delivery
systems allow for a rich, engaging student experience that represents innovative online methods of delivering content.
Our institutions have implemented the use of sophisticated personalized learning technologies through our virtual campus that
provide intelligent, adaptive systems to power the delivery of personalized learning. We have a perpetual license to this technology
and our personalized learning content was developed by teams of our own instructors and has been integrated across many of our
curricula.
Mobile Applications
Students at CTU and AIU have access to a mobile application and two-way messaging platform which were created to
complement students’ mobile-centric lives. During 2023, we have upgraded our mobile technology framework allowing for better
performance and increased stability. Approximately 95% of our students within these universities have opted in for the mobile
application and to receive mobile notifications. Our students and staff are using the messenger application due to its ease and
simplicity. The student benefits of these technological innovations include the ability to connect with their university in a different
way, communicate efficiently with faculty, upload required documentation, track grades and degree progress in real-time and
participate in courses from the palm of their hand, all of which contribute to increased student engagement. CTU and AIU also have a
faculty mobile application which provides informative dashboards, the ability to complete tasks on the go and enhanced outreach and
communication capabilities that we believe make teacher-student interactions easier and more effective.
Faculty
Our institutions employ approximately 2,249 credentialed, geographically dispersed, full-time and part-time (i.e., adjunct)
faculty who facilitate learning in our classrooms and virtual classrooms. Our faculty are hired, assigned, developed and evaluated in
accordance with current accepted higher education practices and in accordance with state, institutional accreditation and programmatic
accreditation standards. Generally, our institutions require the instructor for any degree program courses to have a degree at least one
level higher than the level of the course being taught (with the exception of faculty in our doctoral programs) plus teaching and/or
industry experience. General education faculty members must possess at least a master’s degree. The average tenure of a faculty
member at our institutions is approximately six years. We believe the longevity of our instructors is a testament to the focus we place
on student learning and the consistent quality we strive for in our classrooms.
Faculty Competencies
With the input of faculty and academic leadership at our universities, we have developed a set of instructor competencies that
we believe are critical to student success and institutional effectiveness. These competencies provide the basis for faculty recruitment,
hiring, orientation, evaluation and development. Faculty hired by our academic institutions are evaluated for proficiency in the
following competencies:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
communication;
assessment of student learning;
instructional methodology (pedagogy);
subject matter expertise;
utilization of technology to enhance teaching and learning;
acknowledgement and accommodation of diversity in learners;
student engagement;
promotion of active student learning;
compliance with academic institution policy; and
5
•
demonstration of scholarship.
Seasonality and Fluctuations in Results
Our quarterly net revenues and income may fluctuate primarily due to patterns of student enrollments. As a result, changes in
the academic calendar may have an impact on quarterly comparability as each quarter may have non-comparable revenue-earning
days because the academic calendar may align differently with each calendar year and the quarters therein. While operating costs for
our institutions generally do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis, we do traditionally increase our marketing investments
during the first and third quarters in relation to the traditional back to school seasons.
Human Capital
As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 4,350 employees, of which approximately 2,087 work for CTU and
approximately 1,505 work for AIUS, with the remainder being corporate-level employees in areas such as marketing, information
technology, financial aid, accounting, human resources, legal and compliance. Our employees include approximately 2,031 part-time
adjunct faculty members and approximately 218 full-time faculty members. Other than our part-time adjunct faculty members, we
have 34 part-time employees, some of which are student employees under the federal work study program.
The human capital objectives that we focus on reflect the nature of our business, our regulated industry and our guiding
principles and strategic priorities discussed above under the heading “Guiding Principles and Strategic Priorities.”
We focus on achieving results in a compliant and ethical manner. New employees in student-serving functions such as
admissions and financial aid participate in multi-week training programs, and our compliance monitoring programs and other ongoing
compliance efforts in these and other areas are robust. The Compliance and Risk Committee of our Board of Directors regularly
reviews the results of our compliance monitoring programs and matters reported through the Company’s internal system for reporting
compliance concerns in order to monitor the effectiveness of these programs.
We use technology to support students and enhance learning. Therefore, it is imperative that our employees in student-serving
functions are trained to use our technology and systems for the benefit of our students. This includes our faculty members who must
be proficient in using our online learning management system, personalized learning technology and mobile applications. We also
focus significant human capital resources on protecting our technology infrastructure and the personal information maintained therein
regarding applicants, our students, their families and our alumni. The Compliance and Risk Committee and the full Board of Directors
regularly review information security matters given their importance to the Company.
Our goal is to deploy resources in the most effective and efficient manner that we believe will lead to increased stockholder
value while supporting and enhancing the academic quality of our institutions. This philosophy applies to our human capital resources
as well. Significant management attention is focused on where to add human capital and other resources to grow responsibly, while at
the same time monitoring human capital costs and promoting operating efficiencies. Employee turnover impacts human capital costs
and operating efficiencies, and as a result, we have in the past seen improved operating results associated with improved tenure within
student-serving functions. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors regularly reviews information about employee turnover
within the Company.
We are committed to a policy of equal employment opportunity. We value diversity and strive to create an atmosphere that
supports the students and communities that we serve. Inclusivity is important in our approach to achieving a dynamic culture. We are
committed to fostering an environment where differences are respected and valued and where employees feel empowered to share
their experiences and ideas. The self-identified ethnicity or race of our full-time employees, including full-time faculty members, is
approximately 52% White, 27% Black or African American, 11% Hispanic, Latinx or Spanish origin, 7% Asian, 1% American Indian
or Alaskan Native and 1% Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, and our full-time employees are approximately 38% male and
62% female. The self-identified ethnicity or race of our part-time non-student employees, who are primarily part-time adjunct faculty
members, is approximately 66% White, 21% Black or African American, 5% Hispanic, Latinx or Spanish origin, 4% Asian, 1%
American Indian or Alaskan Native and less than 1% Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, and our part-time employees are
approximately 50% male and 50% female.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND COMPETITION
The domestic postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with no one provider having a significant
market share. The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and reauthorized (“Higher Education Act”), and the related regulations
govern all higher education institutions participating in federal student aid and loan programs under Title IV of the Higher Education
Act (“Title IV Programs”). According to the National Center for Education Statistics (“NCES”), there were approximately 5,800
postsecondary education institutions eligible for federal student aid in the United States for the academic year 2022-23, including
approximately 2,200 for-profit schools; approximately 1,900 public schools which include state universities and community colleges;
and approximately 1,700 private non-profit schools. According to the U.S. Department of Education (“ED” or the “Department”),
over the 12-month period for academic year 2021-22, approximately 24.9 million students were enrolled in postsecondary institutions.
6
The domestic postsecondary degree-granting education industry was an approximately $702 billion industry for academic year
2020-21, according to a report published in 2023 by the Department. We compete in this industry primarily with other degree-granting
regionally-accredited colleges and universities, both for-profit institutions like ours and public and private non-profit institutions. In
particular, there is growing competition from online programs at these institutions as they increase their online offerings in response to
growing prospective student interest.
Most postsecondary institutions, regardless of how they are organized, face significant challenges, including:
•
•
•
•
•
a continued focus on the cost and availability of a college education;
concerns over the high level of college student indebtedness;
questions about the quality of academic programs and the ability to translate the value of a postsecondary education into
economic mobility;
competition from lower cost alternatives and from non-traditional competitors or new alternative educational paths; and
the importance of preparing students with relevant skills to manage new and rapidly changing technologies and supporting
employers in their efforts to optimize and advance their workforce.
Postsecondary institutions are also subject to significant regulations which provide for an oversight triad by mandating specific
regulatory responsibilities for the accrediting agencies recognized by the Department, the federal government through the Department,
and state higher education regulatory bodies.
Extensive and increasingly complex Department regulations governing postsecondary institutions have been enacted, including
regulations applicable only to for-profit institutions. These regulations, coupled with the increased focus by the U.S. Congress on the
role that for-profit educational institutions play in higher education, as well as the evolving needs and objectives of students and
employers, economic constraints affecting educational institutions and increased focus on affordability and value, may cause increased
competition across the industry as well as contribute to continued changes in business operating strategies.
Although competition exists, for-profit educators serve a segment of the market for postsecondary education that we believe has
not been fully addressed by traditional public and private universities. Public and private non-profit institutions can face limited
financial resources to expand their offerings in response to growth or changes in the demand for education, due to a combination of
state funding challenges, significant expenditures required for research, and the professor tenure system. Institutions may also control
student enrollments to preserve the perceived prestige and exclusivity of their degree offerings. For-profit providers of postsecondary
education offer prospective students the greater flexibility and convenience of their institutions' programmatic offerings and learning
structure and an emphasis on applied content and the use of technology in the delivery of the education. At the same time, the share of
the postsecondary education market that has been captured by for-profit providers remains relatively small. As a result, we believe that
in spite of regulatory and other challenges facing the industry, for-profit postsecondary education providers continue to have
significant opportunities to address the demand for postsecondary education.
The majority of our degree-seeking students today have one or more non-traditional characteristics (e.g., did not enroll
immediately after high school graduation, work full-time, are financially independent for purposes of financial aid eligibility, have
dependents other than a spouse or are single parents). These non-traditional students typically are looking to improve their skills and
enhance their earning potential within the context of their careers or in pursuit of new careers. As the industry has shifted to more
students with non-traditional characteristics, an increasing proportion of colleges and universities are addressing the needs of working
students. This includes colleges and universities with well-established brand names that were historically focused on traditional
students.
ACCREDITATION, STATE REGULATION AND OTHER COMPLIANCE MATTERS
Institutional Accreditation
In the United States, accreditation is a process through which an institution subjects itself to qualitative review by an
organization of peer institutions. Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs of an
institution, and a grant of accreditation is viewed as confirmation that an institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic
standards. Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that
each institution has the resources to meet its educational mission.
Pursuant to provisions of the Higher Education Act, the Department relies on accrediting agencies to determine whether
institutions’ educational programs qualify the institutions to participate in Title IV Programs. The Higher Education Act and its
implementing regulations specify certain standards that all recognized accrediting agencies must adopt in connection with their review
of postsecondary institutions.
Both CTU and AIUS are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission (“HLC”) (www.hlcommission.org), an institutional
accrediting agency that is recognized by the Department. CTU’s next re-affirmation of accreditation is scheduled for 2033. CTU had a
comprehensive evaluation in 2023, during which HLC found that CTU continued to meet HLC’s criteria for accreditation. AIUS’ next
7
re-affirmation of accreditation is scheduled for 2024. AIUS had a comprehensive evaluation in 2018, during which HLC found that
AIUS continued to meet HLC’s criteria for accreditation.
Programmatic Accreditation
In addition to the institutional accreditation described above, CTU and AIUS have specialized programmatic accreditation for
particular educational programs. Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited at a
program level, and require individuals who must sit for professional license exams to have graduated from accredited programs.
Programmatic accreditation does not satisfy the Department requirements to confer Title IV Program eligibility; however, it does
provide additional academic quality review by peers in a given field and may enable or assist graduates to practice, sit for licensing or
certification exams (in some cases) or otherwise secure appropriate employment in their chosen field. In addition to programmatic
accreditation, some states have licensing boards which regulate who in a state is licensed to practice in a given profession.
Our universities pursue programmatic accreditation if that accreditation is required by employers or licensing bodies in order for
a graduate to practice the profession or if it is required in order for a graduate to sit for a licensing or certification exam in order to
practice or advance in the profession. In most cases, programmatic accreditation is sought because it is desired by employers and may
enhance the ability of our graduates to compete for employment in their field.
Programmatic accreditation has been granted by the following accrediting agencies for the following degree program areas
offered by our institutions.
Programmatic Accreditation Table (1)
Accreditor
Campus
Program Area Accredited (2)
ABET
Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs
Electrical engineering and computer
engineering
Association for Advancing Quality in Education
Preparation
AIUS/American InterContinental University,
Chandler
Accreditation Council for Business Schools and
Programs
AIUS (all locations): American InterContinental
University, California Southern University and
Trident University International;
Colorado Technical University (all locations)
Education
Business
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education
AIUS/California Southern University, Chandler;
Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs
Nursing
Project Management Institute Global Accreditation
Center
_____________________
(1) Status as of February 21, 2024.
(2) See the institutional website for a list of programs included in the approval.
Colorado Technical University (all locations)
Project management and business
State Regulation
State approval agencies are responsible for the oversight of educational institutions, and continued approval by such agencies is
necessary for an institution to operate and grant degrees or certificates to its students. State laws establish standards for, among other
things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities, and financial policies. State laws and regulations
may limit our campuses’ ability to operate or to award degrees or certificates or offer new programs. Moreover, under the Higher
Education Act and Department regulations, approval by such agencies is necessary to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs. Currently, each of our ground-based campuses is authorized by the state in which it is located. Additionally, our online
institutions have separate state approval or recognition from the relevant state agency via participation in a consortia program called
the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (“SARA”) in the states in which they enroll and/or recruit students. California is the
only state which is not a part of SARA; however, CTU and AIUS hold the appropriate approval in that state.
SARA is an agreement among member states, districts and U.S. territories that establishes comparable national standards for
interstate offering of postsecondary distance education courses and programs. States, districts and territories apply to become members
of SARA (which, in many cases, requires action by the state legislature) and if accepted, institutions approved in their “home” state
may apply to become participants in the SARA compact and the “home” state authorization is deemed acceptable to operate an online
8
program in other states that also participate in SARA as long as they do not establish a “physical presence” in those other states (as
defined by SARA). Forty-nine states plus the District of Columbia are SARA participants (www.nc-sara.org). CTU and AIUS are
approved to participate in SARA by their home states (Colorado and Arizona, respectively).
In addition to state education regulations, there are other state agencies that oversee regulations related to student financing,
payment servicing and general consumer protection. In some cases, state laws and regulations require us to register the volume of
payment plans our students enter into and/or require licenses for our institutions to collect student payments for the educational
services they deliver.
Other Compliance Matters
In recent years, states and federal agencies have increased their focus on the for-profit, postsecondary education sector. This
includes increased activity by state attorneys general and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) in their review of the sector.
In this regard, on January 3, 2019, the Company entered into agreements with attorneys general from 48 states and the District
of Columbia to bring closure to multi-state inquiries ongoing since January 2014. As part of the agreements, the Company expressly
denied any allegations of wrongdoing but agreed to, among other things, work with a third-party administrator that has reported on the
Company's compliance with various obligations the Company committed to in the agreements. Operationally, the Company
committed to:
•
•
•
•
provide students with additional communication of important policies, academic program information and financial aid
information during the enrollment process, including a single page program disclosure as well as disclosure of applicable
refund policies;
provide newly enrolling students an online financial aid interactive tool that can assist them in understanding their financial
commitments;
continue its existing practice of offering a no cost orientation and/or an introductory course with materials designed to
support new college students (if they have less than 24 college credits); and
permit undergraduate students to withdraw with no monetary obligation up to seven days after their first class at on-campus
schools and up to 21 days after the start of the term at online programs (if they have less than 24 online college credits).
From a compliance standpoint, the Company committed to:
•
•
•
•
continue many of its existing compliance programs that it uses to monitor for accurate communication with prospective
students;
continue its monitoring of third-party marketing vendors and agreed on a process to continue to hold them accountable for
complying with the Company’s advertising guidelines;
continue to monitor and review conversations that its admissions and financial aid staff have with prospective students
during the student recruitment process; and
enhance current training to staff working with students regarding the additional information and tools that are part of the
commitments in the agreements.
Generally, the operational aspects we agreed to as part of the agreements with the attorneys general are for a six-year period.
The Company voluntarily agreed to extend the engagement of the third-party administrator for two additional years beyond an initial
three year period to enable the administrator to continue its review of the Company’s compliance program. The administrator has
concluded that the Company has remained in substantial compliance with its operational commitments during this five year period.
Further, on July 26, 2019, the Company executed a settlement agreement with the FTC to resolve an inquiry commenced by the
FTC in 2015. While not admitting any wrongdoing, the Company chose to settle the FTC inquiry after almost four years of legal
expenses and cooperating with the FTC’s investigation. Under the terms of the agreement with the FTC, the Company agreed to
continue its compliance with the Federal Trade Commission Act and the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention
Act, including compliance with the national do not call registry. The Company agreed to enhance its current operational and
compliance processes with respect to prospective student expressions of interest, or “leads,” purchased from third party lead
aggregators and generators and implement other agreed-upon compliance measures. Specifically, the agreement with the FTC requires
the operation of a system to monitor third party lead aggregators and generators involving a compliance review by, or on behalf of, the
Company of the various sources a prospective student interacts with prior to the Company’s purchase and use of the prospective
student lead. In addition, the FTC Agreement contains requirements regarding employee and lead aggregator acknowledgements of
the agreement, compliance certifications and record creation and maintenance. The principal provisions of the agreement with the
FTC will remain in effect for twenty years.
These agreements and an earlier agreement with the New York Attorney General have led to periodic requests for information
to demonstrate continued compliance with the agreements and applicable regulations. Compiling data and other information in
response to these and other requests from various state and federal agencies is costly and time consuming and any resulting claim of
noncompliance may harm our reputation and business.
9
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Our agreements with multiple
state attorneys general and the FTC may lead to unexpected impacts on our student enrollments or higher than anticipated expenses,
a failure to comply may lead to additional enforcement actions and continued scrutiny may result in additional costs or new
enforcement actions,” for more information about these agreements.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID AND RELATED FEDERAL REGULATION
A majority of our students require assistance in financing their education. Our institutions are approved to participate in the U.S.
Department of Education’s Title IV federal aid programs. Our institutions also participate in a number of state financial aid programs,
tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces and other employers and education benefits administered by the
Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”). Our institutions that participate in federal and state financial aid programs are subject to
extensive and frequently changing regulatory requirements imposed by federal and state government agencies, and other standards
imposed by educational accrediting bodies.
Nature of Federal Support for Postsecondary Education in the United States
The U.S. government provides a substantial portion of its support for postsecondary education in the form of Title IV Program
grants, loans and work-study programs to students who can use those funds to finance certain education related expenses at any
institution that has been approved to participate by the Department. These federal programs are authorized by the Higher Education
Act. While most students are eligible for a Title IV loan, typically, financial aid administered under Title IV is awarded on the basis of
financial need, which is generally defined under the Higher Education Act as the difference between the costs associated with
attending an institution and the amount a student’s family can reasonably be expected to contribute based on a federally determined
formula. Among other things, recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a
timely manner toward completion of their program of study.
Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under the Title IV
Programs described in the sections below. In addition, some students at our institutions receive education related benefits pursuant to
certain programs for veterans and military personnel or through participating in employer benefit programs, the most significant of
which are described further below.
Federal Student and Parent Loans
The Department’s major form of aid includes loans to students and parents through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan
(“Direct Loan”) Program. Direct Loans are loans made directly by the U.S. Government to students or their parents. The Direct Loan
program offers Federal Direct Stafford, Federal Direct PLUS (which provides loans to parents of dependent students and to graduate
or professional students, known as Parent PLUS and Grad PLUS) and Federal Direct Consolidation Loans.
Undergraduate students who have demonstrated financial need may be eligible to receive a Direct Subsidized Loan, with the
Department paying the interest on this loan while the student is enrolled at least half-time in school. Graduate and undergraduate
students who do not demonstrate financial need may be eligible to receive a Direct Unsubsidized Loan. Graduate/professional students
may only receive Direct Unsubsidized Loans. With Direct Unsubsidized Loans the student is responsible for the interest while in
school and after leaving school, although actual interest payments generally may be deferred by the student until after he or she has
left school. Students who are eligible for a Direct Subsidized Loan may also be eligible to receive a Direct Unsubsidized Loan.
A student is not required to meet any specific credit scoring criteria to receive a Direct Loan, but historically, any student with a
default on a prior loan made under any Title IV Program may not be eligible for new loans unless the default has been cured through
repayment progress. Through a recent temporary student loan initiative announced on April 6, 2022, students that had previously
defaulted on a student loan are temporarily eligible for new loans which has increased interest from prospective students to continue
their education at one of our academic institutions. This initiative, if not extended, is scheduled to expire in September 2024. The
Department has established maximum annual and aggregate borrowing limits for Direct Loans.
The Direct PLUS Loan Program provides loans to either the parents of dependent students or to graduate students. Parents and
graduate students who have an acceptable credit history may borrow a Direct PLUS Loan to pay the education related expenses of a
child who is a dependent or a graduate student enrolled at least half-time at our eligible institutions. The amount of a Direct PLUS
Loan cannot exceed the student’s cost of attendance less all other financial aid received.
Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
Title IV Program grants are generally made to our students under the Federal Pell Grant (“Pell Grant”) program and the Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (“FSEOG”)program. The 2023-24 maximum annual Pell Grant is $7,395, excluding
any additional amount awarded pursuant to a year-round Pell Grant. Beginning with the 2017-18 award year, eligible students may
receive year-round Pell Grant funds. A year-round Pell Grant program allows students to receive up to 150% of the student’s regular
award, allowing students to maintain their enrollment status and receive Pell Grant funds for up to two additional academic terms
during an award year so that they can continue taking classes and work toward graduating more quickly. To be eligible for the
10
additional Pell Grant funds, the student must be enrolled at least half-time in the payment period(s) for which the student receives the
additional Pell Grant funds in excess of 100% of the student’s regular Pell Grant award.
The FSEOG program awards are designed to supplement Pell Grants up to a maximum amount of $4,000 per academic year for
the neediest students. Our institutions are required to provide matching funding for FSEOG awards that represent not less than 25% of
the total FSEOG award to be received by eligible students. The matching may be accomplished through institutional, private and/or
state funds.
Federal Work-Study Program
Generally, under the federal work-study program, federal funds are used to pay 75% of the cost of part-time employment of
eligible students to perform work for the institution or certain off-campus organizations. The remaining 25% is paid by the institution
or the student’s employer. In select cases, these federal funds under the federal work-study program are used to pay up to 100% of the
cost of part-time employment of eligible students.
Veterans Benefits Programs
Some of our students who are veterans use their benefits under the Montgomery GI Bill or the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational
Assistance Act of 2008, as amended (“Post-9/11 GI Bill”), to cover their tuition. A certain number of our students are also eligible to
receive funds from other education assistance programs administered by the VA.
The Yellow Ribbon program under the Post-9/11 GI Bill expanded education benefits for veterans who have served on active
duty on or after September 11, 2001, including reservists and members of the National Guard. As originally passed, the Post-9/11 GI
Bill provided that eligible veterans could receive benefits for tuition purposes up to the cost of in-state tuition at the most expensive
public institution of higher education in the state where the veteran was enrolled. In addition, veterans who were enrolled in
classroom-based programs or “blended programs” (programs that combine classroom learning and distance learning) could receive
monthly housing stipends, while veterans enrolled in wholly distance-based programs were not entitled to a monthly housing stipend.
The provisions regarding education benefits for post-9/11 veterans took effect August 1, 2009. The Post-9/11 GI Bill also increased
the amount of education benefits available to eligible veterans under the pre-existing Montgomery GI Bill. The legislation also
authorized expansion of service members’ ability to transfer veterans’ education benefits to family members.
On January 4, 2011, the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Improvements Act of 2010 (“Improvements Act”) was
adopted, which amends the Post-9/11 GI Bill in several respects. The Improvements Act alters the way benefits related to tuition and
fees are calculated. For nonpublic U.S. institutions, the Improvements Act bases the benefits related to tuition and fees on the net cost
to the student (after accounting for state and federal aid, scholarships, institutional aid, fee waivers, and similar assistance paid directly
to the institution for the sole purpose of defraying tuition cost) rather than the charges established by the institution. The
Improvements Act also replaced the state-dependent benefit cap with a single national cap which is adjusted annually and as of August
1, 2023, and effective through July 31, 2024, the national cap of academic year tuition and fee charges for private institution of higher
learning is $27,120. In addition, veterans pursuing a program of education solely through distance learning on a more than half-time
basis are eligible to receive up to 50% of the national average of the basic housing allowance available to service members who are at
military pay grade E-5 and have dependents. Most “Improvements Act” changes took effect on August 1 or October 1, 2011, though
changes to rules regarding eligibility for benefits were effective immediately or retroactively to the effective date of the Post-9/11 GI
Bill. The Improvements Act did not change the Post-9/11 GI Bill’s provision that allows veterans to receive up to $1,000 per academic
year for books, supplies, equipment and other education costs.
U.S. Military Tuition Assistance
Service members of the United States Armed Forces are eligible to receive tuition assistance from their branch of service
through the Uniform Tuition Assistance Program of the Department of Defense (“DoD”). Service members may use this tuition
assistance to pursue postsecondary degrees at postsecondary institutions that are accredited by accrediting agencies that are recognized
by the Department. Each branch of the armed forces has established its own rules for the tuition assistance programs of DoD.
In 2010, both the U.S. Congress and DoD increased their focus on DoD tuition assistance that is used for distance education and
programs at for-profit institutions. The DoD Voluntary Education Partnership Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) was
established as part of the revised DoD Instruction 1322.25, Voluntary Education Programs dated March 15, 2011. The DoD updated
the MOU in 2014 and 2019, in each case with enhanced requirements for institutions. The MOU requires that participating institutions
provide meaningful information to students about the financial cost and attendance at an institution so military students can make
informed decisions on where to attend school, not use unfair, deceptive, and abusive recruiting practices, and provide academic and
student support services to service members and their families. It contains requirements regarding the disclosures of costs and amounts
covered by federal educational benefits, marketing standards, state authorization, accreditation approvals, standard institutional refund
policies, educational plans and academic and financial advising. The MOU also incorporates the development and implementation of
the “VA Shopping Sheet,” a standardized cost form with federal aid information which has evolved into what is now referred to by the
Department as the “College Financing Plan”. The MOU conveys the commitments and agreements between the educational institution
and DoD prior to accepting funds under the tuition assistance program. For example, the MOU requires an institution to agree to
11
support DoD regulatory guidance, adhere to a bill of rights that is specified in the regulations, and participate in the proposed Military
Voluntary Education Review program. Under the MOU, institutions must also agree to adhere to the principles and criteria established
by the Service Members Opportunity Colleges Degree Network System regarding the transferability of credit and the awarding of
credit for military training and experience. Both CTU and AIUS have signed each of the DoD’s standard MOUs, including the most
recent in August 2019 which is effective through 2024.
Institutional Payment Plans
Some of our students will enter into institutional payment plans with our institutions to pay a portion, or occasionally all, of their
institutional charges directly to the school. This may occur for students who have a gap between Title IV financial aid funding and
other third-party aid available to them and the institutional charges or for students who are enrolled in programs or courses for which
Title IV or other financial aid is not offered. The payment period for these plans varies and includes payment periods during the in-
school period as well as those extending up to 12 months beyond graduation. The payment plans do not charge interest.
Eligibility and Certification by the Department
Under the provisions of the Higher Education Act, an institution must apply to the Department for continued certification to
participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years or when it undergoes a change of control. In addition, an institution must
obtain the Department's approval for certain substantial changes in its operations, including changes in an institution’s accrediting
agency or state authorizing agency or changes to an institution’s structure or certain basic educational features.
Institutions approved to participate in Title IV Programs sign a program participation agreement provided by the Department
that describes the terms of participation and includes a number of certifications and assurances made by the head of the institutions. As
long as an institution has submitted an application for re-certification at least ninety days prior to the expiration of its current program
participation agreement, the institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs continues on a month-to-month basis until the
Department completes its review. A 2021 regulation (the “2021 Regulation”) requires the Department to take action on a renewal
application within twelve-months or the renewal application is granted subject to certain stipulations. This twelve-month provision has
been deleted by the Department in regulations set to become effective on July 1, 2024. The Department may issue full certification to
an institution, it may deny certification or it may elect to issue provisional certification, in which case the program participation
agreement outlines additional requirements that the institution must meet.
The Department may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all
required eligibility and certification standards. During the period of provisional certification, an institution must obtain prior
Department approval to add an educational program, open a new location or make any other significant change. Provisional
certification does not generally limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds. The Department may withdraw an institution’s
provisional certification without advance notice if the Department determines that the institution is not fulfilling all material
requirements.
In May 2019, both CTU and AIUS (then known as AIU) received renewals of their program participation agreements through
March 31, 2021. CTU was removed from provisional certification, while AIUS remains on provisional certification due to open
regulatory review processes with the Department at the time of the renewal. Following the Trident acquisition and AIU’s
implementation of a university system model, institutional accreditation and approval by the Department continues at the AIU System
level.
CTU and AIUS each submitted its application for recertification to continue participation in Title IV Programs on December 21,
2020, which was over ninety days in advance of their March 31, 2021 expiration dates. The Department has indicated it will not
follow the 2021 Regulation that calls for a maximum of a twelve-month period of review on recertification applications with respect to
CTU and AIUS, stating that the applications were submitted prior to the effective date of the 2021 Regulation. Both CTU and AIUS
are waiting for the Department to complete its review of their applications.
In connection with its administration of Title IV Programs, the Department has broad powers to request information and review
records of a participating institution. Since December 2021, the Company has responded to extensive requests for information from
the Department's Investigation Group relating to CTU and AIUS and may be asked to respond to further requests in the future.
Significant resources are required to respond to the requests and the Department’s review of information provided could lead to
additional requests for information or claims of noncompliance with the extensive regulatory requirements relating to the
administration of Title IV Programs.
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Compliance with the
extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business can be costly and time consuming, and failure to comply could result in
substantial financial penalties, severe restrictions on or closure of our operations, loss of federal and state financial aid funding for
our students, or loss of our authorization to operate our institutions,” and “If the Department denies, or significantly conditions,
recertification of either of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution could not conduct its business as it is
12
currently conducted,” and other risk factors in Item 1A for additional information about the risks surrounding continued participation
in Title IV Programs.
Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector
In recent years, Congress, the Department, states, accrediting agencies, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”),
the FTC, state attorneys general, consumer advocacy groups and the media have all scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education
sector. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were held regarding various aspects of the education industry, including
issues surrounding student debt as well as publicly reported student outcomes that may be used as part of an institution’s recruiting
and admissions practices, and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. A group of influential
U.S. senators, consumer advocacy groups and some media outlets have strongly and repeatedly encouraged the Department, DoD and
the VA and its state approving agencies to take action to limit or terminate the participation of institutions such as ours in existing
tuition assistance programs. In several cases, these groups have received significant financial support from third parties critical of our
sector and have aligned on messaging that negatively impacts our sector during policy and rulemaking discussions. In addition, the
current administration has made student loan forgiveness one of its top domestic policy objectives, and it has been aggressively
pursued by the Department in cooperation with special interest groups, other federal agencies, State AGs and others. These groups
collectively have focused efforts relating to student debt forgiveness on for-profit colleges and universities, encouraging loan
discharge applications and complaints by former students.
We continue to see one of the most challenging operating environments in recent memory as the Department has undertaken a
complete overhaul of almost all of the major regulatory requirements associated with our participation in Title IV Programs and which
disproportionally negatively impact the for-profit postsecondary education sector. Additionally, a number of the Department’s
regulatory initiatives are explicitly targeted at negatively impacting the proprietary sector of education. In many cases the new
regulatory requirements are unclear, require further clarification as to their interpretation or applicability or are subject or will be
subject to legal challenges. We expect to continue to need to operate nimbly in this uncertain environment, making necessary changes
to the extent possible to comply with the myriad of new vague or unclear rules or interpretations as well as new interpretations of
existing rules. For example, in 2023, we materially reduced prospective student enrollment, marketing and outreach processes at AIUS
during the year to limit the volume of new federal funding that the institution would receive and to preserve available funding for
existing students under the Department’s new 90-10 Rule. Any actions that limit our participation in Title IV Programs or the amount
of student financial aid for which our students are eligible would materially impact our student enrollments and profitability and could
impact the continued viability of our business as currently conducted. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly
Regulated Field in Which We Operate.”
Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives
The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and other laws governing Title IV Programs and
annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program.
The Higher Education Opportunity Act (“HEOA”) was the most recent reauthorization of the Higher Education Act and was
signed into law on August 14, 2008. It revised many of the regulations governing an institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs.
Congress has subsequently taken several actions that effectively extend the Higher Education Act and various Title IV Programs
on a temporary basis. Congress could work to reauthorize the Higher Education Act in its entirety, pass a series of smaller bills that
focus on individual parts of the Higher Education Act, primarily Title IV Programs, or continue to extend existing Title IV Programs
for more limited terms while continuing debate on broader policy objectives. Scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector
and the ongoing policy differences in Congress regarding spending levels could lead to significant regulatory changes in connection
with any reauthorization of the Higher Education Act. A recent proposal from Congress included significantly different obligations for
institutions, including a sharing of the financial risks for students that do not repay their student loans. Additionally, legislative
changes impacting Title IV Programs is included in broader legislation from time to time. For example, on March 11, 2021, President
Biden signed a multi-faceted legislative package that includes new economic stimulus measures broadly targeting various aspects of
the U.S. economy. Congress included in this legislation a modification to the “90-10 Rule” applicable to for-profit institutions that
alters the measurement under the rule from the percentage of Title IV Program tuition revenue an institution receives to the percentage
of “federal educational assistance” an institution receives.
On October 28, 2022, the Department published final regulations for three topics that were part of the Department’s 2021-2022
negotiated rulemaking agenda: 90-10 Rule, Change of Ownership, and Prison Education Programs. These regulations generally
became effective July 1, 2023.
See the “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for
information about the 90-10 Rule and Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate –
Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, face limitations on their ability to
13
serve new or former students or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain
federal programs is too high," for information regarding risks relating to the 90-10 Rule.
On April 6, 2022, the Department announced a student loan initiative, aimed at eliminating negative effects for federal student
loan borrowers who are in default on existing student loans. The Department estimates the initiative will allow approximately 7.5
million borrowers with defaulted federal student loans to return to repayment while removing delinquencies, once repayment of
federal loans restarts after the COVID related suspension of loan repayment. This initiative effectively provides the following benefits
to these borrowers: restores access to repayment options, restores eligibility to receive new or additional federal student aid and stops
any adverse consequences of collection agency efforts and negative credit reporting. This initiative, if not extended, is scheduled to
end September 2024.
Many of these changes may be adverse to postsecondary institutions generally or for-profit institutions specifically. See Item
1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory requirements
applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and
efforts of the current administration, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and
make compliance more difficult."
There continues to be significant uncertainty around the requirements and approach to handling applications for “borrower
defense to repayment” due to a series of rulemakings and competing regulations published in 2016, 2019 and again in 2022 along with
a number of legal challenges of those rulemakings and the Department's application of these rules to select institutions. See the
“Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for a description of these
regulations. The Department published its latest version of these rules in final regulations on November 1, 2022 in the Federal
Register, which means the updated regulations were set to be effective July 1, 2023; however a pending legal challenge by a group of
schools in Texas has resulted in a stay of aspects of the rule’s effectiveness pending judicial review (see “Negotiated Rulemaking
2022: Affordability and Student Loans” below).
Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Affordability and Student Loans
In December 2021, the Department concluded negotiated rulemaking on a number of topics related to affordability and student
loans. The topics discussed during these negotiations generally related to different Title IV regulations that impact the Department’s
ability to discharge student loans. During the process, the Department expressed a goal of making it easier for students to have their
loans discharged or forgiven and providing more favorable loan repayment terms. The Department also intends to make it easier to
seek recovery of discharged loan funds from institutions. After taking public comment on proposed rules, the Department published
final regulations on November 1, 2022 in the Federal Register, which means these regulations were generally effective on July 1,
2023, subject to a court imposed stay discussed below.
These new regulations from the November 1, 2022 Final Rule include the following topics:
• discharges for borrowers with a total and permanent disability;
• eliminating certain interest capitalization events not required by statute;
• discharges for when a school falsely certifies a student was eligible for Title IV Program financial aid;
• closed school loan discharges;
• expanding and simplifying public service loan forgiveness;
• modifying the bases for borrower defense to repayment ("BDR") claims as well as the adjudication processes for student
claims;
• modifying the procedures for recovering funds from schools for loans discharged pursuant to the borrower defense to
repayment process; and
• prohibiting schools from adopting or enforcing pre-dispute arbitration agreements and waivers of class action lawsuits.
As published, these rules remove certain barriers and simplify the process for borrowers with a total and permanent disability
and borrowers seeking public service loan forgiveness. The rules also expand closed school loan discharge provisions. The rules
reduce the required supporting evidence and related obligations of students applying for BDR loan forgiveness, expand the categories
students could raise in a BDR application, and provide the Department wide latitude to selectively adjudicate future BDR applications
without affording institutions adequate opportunity to respond and potentially without regard to the individual merits of the BDR
applications. The new BDR rules remove any statute of limitations on student claims and create a rebuttable presumption in favor of
full loan forgiveness as opposed to partial relief for most approved applications, eliminating the Department’s approach under the
previous rules of assessing whether and to what extent a student had been financially harmed. The rules also increase the burden on
institutions to maintain and provide documentation to refute student claims. As a result, an institution’s failure to maintain and provide
14
timely and responsive information that goes beyond the contents of a typical student’s academic file in response to future BDR
applications could form the basis for loan forgiveness. The combination of the reduced requirements, increased categories, and
presumptions will increase the likelihood of loan forgiveness and potentially create a significant financial incentive for existing and
former students to apply for loan forgiveness regardless of a claim’s merit. In fact, the Department’s current efforts to settle litigation
in the Sweet Matter (see Borrower Defense to Repayment: Department Settlement of Pending BDR Applications, Inducement of New
Claims for more information regarding the Sweet Matter) reflects an attempt to discharge the loans for hundreds of thousands of
students without regards to the merits of their claims and induced the filing of tens of thousands of new BDR applications in a matter
of only a few months from students hoping to benefit from the opportunity afforded by the settlement.
On February 28, 2023, the Career Colleges & Schools of Texas (“CCST”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the
Northern District of Texas challenging the Department’s recently promulgated borrower defense to repayment and closed school loan
discharge regulations. CCST initiated the lawsuit in an effort to set aside the BDR rule on the grounds that it violates the U.S.
Constitution and the Administrative Procedure Act. On August 7, 2023, a three-judge Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals panel granted a
motion for an injunction pending appeal in the lawsuit. The motion stayed the effective date of the borrower defense to repayment and
closed school loan discharge provisions that went into effect on July 1, 2023. On November 6, 2023, oral argument was heard by a
three judge panel of the Fifth Circuit. As of this writing, the court has not issued its ruling. The stay is in effect until that same Fifth
Circuit panel issues an order on the appeal.
Under previous BDR rules, the standards applicable to BDR applications generally correspond to the rules that were in effect
when the loans were first disbursed to the student. The standards arising from prior regulations are sometimes referred to as the pre-
2016 BDR standards, the 2016 BDR standards, and the 2019 BDR standards to correlate to the BDR rules initially applicable when
adopted in 1994, and later revised by the Department in 2016 and 2019. The Department seeks to eliminate the differing standards that
have resulted from these prior rulemakings with regard to borrower claim adjudications. If the new regulations survive the Fifth
Circuit stay, the Department will apply its new standards to all pending and future BDR applications regardless of prior rules or
limitations applicable to such BDR applications and regardless of the student’s loan disbursement date.
As a separate process from the adjudication of a borrower’s BDR application, the rules establish a new process for the
Department to recoup funds from schools for any loans forgiven pursuant to a BDR application. The new rules require the Department
to rely upon and adhere to existing or prior applicable BDR regulations for loans disbursed prior to the effective date of the
regulations, but would significantly expand the basis for recovery for loans disbursed after the rules become effective.
On August 22, 2023, the Department announced a new, more generous income driven repayment ("IDR") plan for student
borrowers. This modified IDR plan was one of the 2022 negotiated rulemaking topics. The modified IDR plan calculates payments
based on a borrower’s income and family size and not the loan balance and forgives outstanding balances after a certain number of
years. The plan includes a feature that reduces many borrowers’ monthly payments to zero if their income level does not exceed
certain levels. While the plan is intended to reduce the impact of prolonged student debt burdens, the plan is also likely to encourage
some portion of students to take on more student loan debt than they might otherwise borrow assuming they will be able to have
excess loan borrowing forgiven rather than having to repay what they have borrowed. A number of alternative institutional
accountability measures that have been proposed by policy makers recently have sought to include loan defaults and repayment
measures as an assessment of an institution’s qualification to participate in the federal loan program. The Department’s promotion,
through this policy and others, of over borrowing could impact future default metrics and loan repayment metrics generally.
We continue to closely monitor the rulemaking process along with the Department’s public statements, legal filings, and other
communications, but are unable to determine the ultimate impact of any final regulations on our business at this time. See Item 1A,
“Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory requirements applicable
to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector and efforts of the
current administration, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make
compliance more difficult," for information about the potential impact of new regulations on our business.
Negotiated Rulemaking 2022: Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility
On October 4, 2021, the Department announced its intent to establish another negotiated rulemaking committee to develop
proposed regulations related to institutional and programmatic eligibility. Negotiating sessions of the institutional and programmatic
eligibility negotiated rulemaking committee were held in January, February and March 2022. The Department provided issue papers
that revealed its intent to impose a number of additional obligations for schools and programs to remain eligible for Title IV funds.
On July 28, 2022, the Department published in the Federal Register another set of proposed regulations for public comment
covering a topic that was part of the 2021 affordability and student loan negotiations along with two topics that were part of the 2022
institutional and programmatic eligibility negotiations. After public comment on proposed rules, the Department published final
regulations on October 28, 2022 in the Federal Register, which means these regulations became effective July 1, 2023.
The new regulations from the October 28, 2022 Final Rule include the following topics:
15
• adopting new regulations to calculate the percentage of a for-profit school’s revenue that is derived from federal education
assistance, referred to as the “90-10 Rule”;
• placing additional requirements and limits on changes of ownership or control; and
• Pell Grant eligibility for prison education programs.
The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (H.R.1319), passed on March 11, 2021, amended the Higher Education Act requirement
of the 90-10 Rule that for-profit schools derive no more than 90% of their tuition and fee revenue from Title IV funds to require that
for-profit schools derive no more than 90% of their tuition and fee revenue from generally any identifiable sources of federal funding.
The regulation describing the new 90-10 Rule includes an expanded view of what federal aid is considered “federal educational
assistance funds” under the rule, and is intended to include any identifiable revenue a school receives from tuition assistance programs
offered by federal agencies, such as the Departments of Defense, Veterans Affairs, and Labor. The new rule also includes a number of
technical changes, including a departure from the historical focus on cash basis revenue and existing Title IV Program cash
management regulations. For example, in certain instances, institutions would be required to accelerate the receipt of, or would be
deemed to have received, federal funds not received at the end of the annual measurement period. Although the Department published
regulations in its Final Rule that are consistent with the consensus language reached during negotiated rulemaking, the Department
included in the preamble to the regulation a number of interpretations that are likely not consistent with the consensus language and
may potentially narrow and/or limit non-federal revenue that may be included by institutions in their annual calculations. These
interpretations were offered with limited explanation and are expected to make future compliance with these regulations unclear and
therefore more difficult for for-profit institutions.
We are continuing to monitor the Department’s interpretations, public statements, and other communications and have had to
make adjustments in our operations in response to these new rules, but are unable to determine the ultimate impact of these final
regulations on our business at this time. See Item 1A, "Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We
Operate – The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the
for-profit postsecondary education sector and efforts of the current administration, which could require us to make substantial
changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult," and "Our institutions could lose their eligibility
to participate in federal student financial aid programs, face limitations on their ability to serve new or former students or have other
limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain federal programs is too high," for information
about the potential impact of new regulations on our business.
Regulations targeting the eligibility of programs at for-profit institutions, called the “gainful employment” rule, have been
republished and are set to become effective July 1, 2024. A prior Department rulemaking effort in 2019 resulted in the rescission of
similar “gainful employment” regulations first adopted in 2015. Our institutions, and most other for-profit institutions, qualify for Title
IV Program participation on the basis that they offer programs that, in addition to meeting other requirements, “prepare students for
gainful employment in a recognized occupation.” On October 30, 2014, the Department published a new complex final regulation,
effective July 1, 2015, to define “gainful employment” as meeting certain standards measuring the general amount students borrow for
enrollment in a program against an amount of their reported earnings. In 2019, through new negotiated rulemaking sessions, the
Department considered different options for adopting a uniform set of requirements that could be applicable to all schools and not
specifically targeted at for-profit institutions. After a public comment period on its proposal, the Department published a final
regulation on July 1, 2019 to rescind the 2015 gainful employment regulation effective on July 1, 2020. In lieu of the complex gainful
employment regulation designed to eliminate program eligibility, the Department continued to update the college scorecards it
developed, which apply to all Title IV eligible institutions, with relevant information for prospective students. While the eligibility
tests and disclosures associated with the 2015 gainful employment regulation were no longer required, the term “gainful employment”
continues to exist in the Higher Education Act and CTU’s and AIUS’ Title IV eligible programs will continue to need to be career
focused educational programs. The Department has completed rulemakings to re-adopt a new version of the gainful employment
regulation as part of its 2022 negotiated rulemaking covering institutional and programmatic eligibility (see “Negotiated Rulemaking
2022: Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility” above). We are closely monitoring the Department’s public statements, legal filings,
and other communications, regarding these new rules but are unable to determine the potential impact of the final regulations on our
business at this time. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate –The extensive
regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit
postsecondary education sector and efforts of the current administration, which could require us to make substantial changes to our
business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult," for information about the potential impact of new regulations
on our business.
2023 Negotiated Rulemakings:
On May 19, 2023, the Department published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for the following rules:
• Gainful Employment ("GE")
• Financial Value Transparency ("FVT")
16
• Financial Responsibility
• Administrative Capability
• Certification Procedures
• Ability to Benefit ("ABT")
GE and FVT Negotiated Rulemaking
Following public comment on proposed rules, on October 10, 2023, the Department published final regulations for a new GE
rule. The new GE rule includes an eligibility framework that imposes additional requirements on for-profit sector programs, including
our schools. The regulation uses two key metrics: Debt-to-Earnings (“D/E”) and Earnings Premium (“EP”) metrics to determine
whether a program prepares students for gainful employment. The D/E metrics measure student debt at a program level against a
measure of earnings. The EP metric measures student earnings at a program level against working individuals with a high school
diploma or equivalent. GE programs that fail either the D/E or the EP metric in two of three consecutive years will lose Title IV
eligibility. Programs offered by both AIUS and CTU are subject to the GE rule and could lose Title IV eligibility if their programs fail
to pass the D/E rates and/or the EP measures. The rule also requires our institutions to warn current and prospective students if a
program fails any metric in any year. The issuance of required GE warnings could deter prospective students from enrolling at our
institutions and current students from continuing in their programs.
The FVT regulation establishes a framework that is designed to increase the quality and availability of information provided
directly to students about the costs, sources of financial aid, and outcomes of students enrolled in all Title IV eligible programs. FVT
disclosures apply to only certain Title IV eligible programs offered by all institutions and use the same D/E and EP metrics as the GE
framework. While the FVT regulations do not contemplate penalties or sanctions as under the GE rule, the regulations require that
current and prospective students be provided relevant disclosures and acknowledge when an educational program is associated with a
high debt burden.
On December 22, 2023, the American Association of Cosmetology Schools (“AACS”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court
for the Northern District of Texas challenging the GE rule. AACS initiated the lawsuit in an effort to set aside the GE rule on the
grounds that it violates the U.S. Constitution and the Administrative Procedure Act and exceeds the Department’s authority under the
laws passed by Congress.
The GE and FVT rules become effective on July 1, 2024. According to the Department's announcement, the first official GE
D/E and EP rates will be published in early 2025, and programs may be deemed ineligible to participate in Title IV programs as of
July 1, 2026. A loss or material reduction in eligible Title IV programs due to the GE rule would materially impact our student
enrollments and profitability and could impact the continued viability of our business as currently conducted. We are continuing to
evaluate the regulation, but given the complexity of the rules and the lack of our access to, and the lack of the Department providing
transparency regarding, the earnings data used to calculate the metrics, we are unable to determine the ultimate impact of the
regulation on our business at this time.
Financial Responsibility Negotiated Rulemaking
On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on financial responsibility that become effective July 1, 2024.
The Financial Responsibility regulations, among other things, significantly modify and expand the mandatory and discretionary
triggering events that require an institution to post a letter of credit or other form of financial protection with the Department. The rule
provides that a separate letter of credit of not less than 10% of the institution’s prior year Title IV receipts is required for each
mandatory or discretionary triggering event, such that multiple triggering events could subject our institutions to substantial
cumulative financial protection obligations.
Examples of mandatory triggering events in the rule include: lawsuits by federal or state authorities to impose an injunction, to
establish fines or penalties, or to obtain financial relief, or in a qui tam action in which the federal government has intervened, subject
to certain timing requirements; an action by the Department to recover from the institution for adjudicated borrower defense to
repayment claims where the potential amount of recovery would cause the institution’s recalculated composite score to drop below
1.0; the institution has received at least 50% of its Title IV funds in its most recently completed fiscal year programs that are failing
the GE rule; the institution is required to submit a teach-out plan by a state or federal agency, an accrediting agency, or other oversight
body for reasons related to financial concerns; for an institution owned at least 50% by a publicly traded entity, the entity is subject to
certain actions or events specified in the rule initiated by the Securities and Exchange Commission; the institution fails the 90-10 rule
for its most recently completed fiscal year; and, the institution is subject to a default or other adverse condition under a line of credit,
loan agreement, security agreement or other financing arrangement due to an action by the Department.
Specified discretionary triggers would provide the Department flexibility on whether to require a letter of credit based on the
adverse financial impact the triggering event would have on the institution. Examples of discretionary triggers include: an accrediting
agency or a federal, state, or other authority places the institution on probation, show cause, or comparable status; the institution is
17
subject to a default or other specified adverse condition under a credit or financing arrangement (unless due to an action by the
Department, which is a mandatory trigger); a “significant fluctuation” in Direct Loan or Pell Grant funds received by the institution
over different award years that cannot be accounted for by changes in those programs; the institution has high annual dropout rates as
calculated by the Department; the institution is under prior financial reporting obligations to the Department and has any of the
following occurrences: negative cash flows, failure of other financial ratios, cash flows that significantly miss projections submitted to
the Department, significant increases in withdrawal rates or other indicators of a significant change in the institution’s financial
condition; pending group-process BDR claims; a discontinuation of programs that enroll more than 25% of the institution’s students
who receive Title IV funds; a closure of locations that enroll more than 25% of its students who receive Title IV funds; a citation by a
state licensing agency for failing to meet its requirements; the institution or a program loses eligibility to participate in another federal
educational assistance program due to an administrative action; for an institution owned at least 50% by a publicly traded entity, a
disclosure by the entity in a public filing that its owner is under investigation for possible violations of state, federal or foreign law; a
citation and potential loss of education assistance funds from another federal agency if it does not comply with agency requirements;
the institution is required to submit a teach-out plan or agreement, including programmatic teach-outs, by a state, the Department or
another federal agency, an accrediting agency, or other oversight body; or any other event or condition that the Department learns
about from the institution or other parties where the Department determines that the event or condition is likely to have a significant
adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution.
The new rule also adds additional circumstances that would deem an institution to lack financial responsibility, such as: failing
to make debt payments for more than 90 days; failing to meet payroll obligations; borrowing from employee retirement plans or
restricted funds without authorization; failing to make timely refunds or returns of Title IV funds or pay Title IV credit balances; or
failing to make repayments of any Title IV liabilities. Finally, the regulations establish new rules for evaluating financial responsibility
during a change in ownership.
Administrative Capability Negotiated Rulemaking
On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on administrative capability (the "Administrative Capability"
regulations) that become effective July 1, 2024. The Administrative Capability regulations expand the requirements for institutions to
demonstrate that they are administratively capable of providing the education they promise and of properly managing Title IV
program funds, adding new standards related to financial counseling and career services, adequate clinical and externship
opportunities, timely disbursement of Title IV funds, compliance with high school diploma verification requirements, aggressive and
deceptive recruitment tactics or conduct, gainful employment requirements, and significant negative actions by a federal, state or
accreditation agencies. The changes also provide the Department with increased and explicit authority to make an administrative
capability finding based on a broader set of issues than it has used historically. Such findings could lead to fines, limitations,
suspensions, terminations or other actions, including placing the institution on a provisional program participation agreement or
heightened cash monitoring.
Certification Procedures Negotiated Rulemaking
On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on certification procedures (the "Certification" rule) that
become effective July 1, 2024. The revised Certification rule provides a more rigorous process for certifying institutions to participate
in the Title IV programs, both initially and on an ongoing basis. The changes increase the Department’s oversight of institutions at
critical points of institutional review including initial certification, during provisional certification, after a change of ownership, at
recertification, and when there is a risk of closure.
The Certification rule adds additional events that lead to provisional certification, such as if an institution is required to post a
letter of credit because of a mandatory or discretionary triggers in the financial responsibility regulations, the Department determines
the institution is at risk of closure, or the institution fails the 90-10 rule. It establishes new supplementary performance measures the
Department may consider in determining whether to certify or condition the participation of the institution, such as withdrawal rates,
the amount of educational and pre-enrollment expenditures, and licensure pass rates where the institution is required by an accrediting
agency or state to report licensure exam passage rates.
The Certification rule also adds a provision to include all federal agencies and add state attorneys general to the list of entities
that have the authority to share with each other and the Department any information pertaining to an institution’s eligibility for or
participation in Title IV programs or any information on fraud, abuse, or other violations of law.
The new Certification rule establishes a non-exhaustive list of conditions that the Department may apply to provisionally
certified institutions, such as the submission of teach-out plans, the release of holds on student transcripts, restrictions or limitations on
the addition of new programs or locations, restrictions on growth in enrollments or Title IV volume, restrictions on the ability to
provide a teach-out on behalf of another institution, restrictions on the acquisition of other institutions, additional financial reporting
requirements, and limitations on entering into written arrangements with other institutions for the provision of educational instruction.
The new Certification rule requires provisionally certified schools that have major consumer protection issues to recertify after
no more than three years. For institutions alleged or found to have engaged in misrepresentation, aggressive recruiting, or incentive
18
compensation violations, the Department may require that the institution engage a monitor and submit marketing materials to the
Department for its review and approval.
Ability to Benefit (ATB) Negotiated Rulemaking
On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on Ability-to-Benefit ("ATB") that become effective July 1,
2024. The ATB regulations establish a regulatory definition of an Eligible Career Pathways Program ("ECPP") and clarify the
distinction between students enrolled prior to July 1, 2012, whose eligibility under the ATB rules in place when they first enrolled
remains unchanged, and students enrolled on or after July 1, 2012, who must be enrolled in an ECPP in addition to meeting one of the
three ATB alternatives.
In addition, the final ATB rules require the institution to provide clearer, more comparable information on financial aid,
including distinguishing between scholarships and loans that must be repaid; prohibiting colleges from withholding transcripts for
federally funded courses; requiring adequate career services; and limiting the employment of individuals with a history of risky
management of the federal student aid programs. They also require adequate financial aid counseling, an institution's aid offers must
include, and establish documentation standards for institutions to demonstrate compliance.
Student Loan Debt Relief Negotiated Rulemaking
On August 31, 2023, the Department issued a notice of its intent to establish a Student Loan Debt Relief negotiated rulemaking
committee to prepare proposed regulations for the Federal Student Aid programs authorized under the Higher Education Act. As part
of this rulemaking, the Department is considering revisions to its federal student loan compromise regulations, as well as adding
regulations on the circumstances under which the Department may waive or release all or part of federal student loan debts. The
Department completed the negotiated rulemaking in December 2023 and is expected to publish proposed regulations for public
comment by Spring 2024. It subsequently added a fourth session of discussions to specifically consider adding borrower hardships as
an additional category of potential loan forgiveness. The authority drafted under this rulemaking gives the Department broad
discretion to discharge loans under the Higher Education Act and may encourage the Department to take adverse actions against
institutions as a means of achieving the current administration's stated goals of achieving the largest volume of student loan
forgiveness. We are unable to determine the potential impact of any future final regulations on our business at this time.
2024 Negotiated Rulemaking
The Department has convened a negotiating committee to develop proposed regulations pertaining to the following topics:
• The Federal TRIO programs
• The Secretary's recognition of accrediting agencies
• State authorization
• Return to Title IV funds
• Cash Management
• The definition of "distance education" as it pertains to clock hour programs and reporting for students who enroll primarily
online
The policy proposals offered by the Department and many of the partisan negotiators selected by the Department to participate as
part of these negotiated rulemakings appear to be an effort by one part of the regulatory triad (federal) to impose its political will and
directives on the other two members of the regulatory triad (state and accreditor). Proposals seek to force accreditors and state reciprocity
oversight boards to adopt policy proposals advocated by activist groups working with the Department that have previously been
evaluated but have not been adopted by those regulatory bodies. These proposals appear designed to give more power to activist groups
that work to promote selective enforcement and advocate against proprietary education generally.
This committee met in January and February 2024 and will meet again in March 2024. We continue to closely monitor the
Department’s rulemaking agenda, but we are unable to determine the potential impact of any future rule proposals or final regulations
on our business at this time.
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive regulatory
requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education
sector and efforts of the current administration, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our
profitability and make compliance more difficult," for information about the potential impact of new regulations on our business.
The Department’s proposed and final rules discussed above impose additional burdens on academic institutions, and often apply
unevenly. For example, the 90-10 Rule is an additional annual eligibility test requirement that applies exclusively to for-profit sector
institutions. The GE rule is designed to primarily impose additional requirements on for-profit sector academic programs and many of
19
the proposed modifications to other long standing existing rules contain new requirements that relate exclusively to for-profit sector
institutions and their ownership structures. The previously adopted and rescinded GE regulation is discussed above in this “Legislative
Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives” section, and please see the “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards
and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for an overview of the current rules relating to the 90-10 Rule, change of
ownership or control, financial responsibility and administrative capability.
Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations
To be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must comply with the Higher Education Act and regulations
thereunder that are administered by the Department. We and our institutions are regularly subject to audits and compliance reviews
and periodically subject to inquiries, lawsuits, investigations, and/or claims of non-compliance from federal and state regulatory
agencies, accrediting agencies, the Department, based on claims by present and former students and employees, and others that may
allege violations of statutes, regulations, accreditation standards or other regulatory requirements applicable to us or our institutions. If
the results of any such audits, reviews, investigations, claims or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary
damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions, additional oversight and reporting,
provisional certification or other civil or criminal penalties. In addition, if the Department or another regulatory agency determined
that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the Higher Education Act or the
Department’s regulations, that institution could be required to repay such funds, and could be assessed an administrative fine.
The Higher Education Act also requires that an institution’s administration of Title IV Program funds be audited annually by an
independent accounting firm and that the resulting audit report be submitted to the Department for review. In May 2023, the OIG
released a revised audit guide applicable specifically to proprietary schools and third-party servicers administering Title IV programs.
The updated guide is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2023. The revised audit guide was effective for us for the
year ending December 31, 2023 and applies to annual compliance audits due June 30, 2024 and thereafter. The new guide increases
the requirements and testing procedures necessary when filing our annual Title IV compliance audits.
“90-10 Rule”
Under a provision of the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the “90-10 Rule,” any of our institutions that, on
modified cash basis accounting, derives more than 90% of its cash receipts from federal sources for a fiscal year will be placed on
provisional participation status for its next two fiscal years, is required to provide warning notices to students regarding the potential
loss of Title IV and may be required to post a letter of credit with the Department. If an institution does not satisfy the 90-10 Rule for
two consecutive fiscal years, it will lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs for at least two fiscal years. We have
substantially no control over the amount of federal funding sought by or awarded to our students. If an institution violates the 90-10
Rule and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, the Department
could require repayment of all Title IV Program funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility
We have implemented various measures intended to reduce the percentage of our institution’s 90-10 revenue attributable to
federal Program funds, including emphasizing employer-paid and other direct-pay education programs such as our corporate
engagements, diversifying our educational offerings to increase the portion of our students who do not rely on Title IV Programs,
recruitment of international students, the use of externally funded scholarships and grants and counseling students to carefully evaluate
the amount of necessary Title IV Program borrowing consistent with Department regulations and guidance. Additionally, in 2023 we
materially reduced prospective student enrollment, marketing and outreach processes within AIUS during the year in order to limit the
volume of new federal funding that the institution would receive and preserve available funding for existing students.
The 90-10 rate calculations for the year ended December 31, 2022 under prior rules that measured only Title IV receipts were
82.0% for CTU and 83.9% for AIUS. As discussed above in “Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives," the
calculation for the 2023 fiscal year is calculated using the new calculation. The new 90-10 rules require a much greater level of
granularity and research of different fund sources to determine whether there may be an indirect and otherwise unobvious federal
connection. While our preliminary calculations of the 90-10 rates under the new rule show our institutions are in compliance with the
90-10 Rule for 2023, we are continuing our review of the applicable requirements and audit of our 2023 rates.
The regulation describing the new 90-10 Rule includes an expansive view of what federal aid is considered “federal educational
assistance funds” under the rule, and is intended to include any identifiable revenue a school receives from tuition assistance programs
offered by federal agencies, such as the Departments of Defense, Veterans Affairs and Labor, as well as any additional federal funding
that may be received indirectly through other programs subsidized by federal sources that are intended to cover education expenses.
The new rule also includes a number of technical changes, including a departure from the historical focus on cash basis revenue and
existing Title IV Program cash management regulations. For example, institutions would be required to accelerate the receipt of, or
would be deemed to have received, federal funds at the end of the annual measurement period. Although the Department published
regulations in its Final Rule that are consistent with the consensus language reached during negotiated rulemaking, the Department
included in the preamble to the regulation a number of interpretations that are not consistent with the consensus language and that may
potentially narrow and/or limit non-federal revenue that may be included by institutions in their annual calculations. These
20
interpretations were offered with limited explanation, are vague or unclear in many cases, may not be legally enforceable and are
expected to make future compliance with these regulations more difficult or impossible for for-profit institutions.
We are continuing to evaluate the Department’s interpretations, public statements, and other communications regarding these
recently adopted regulations. We have implemented various measures intended to reduce the percentage of our institutions’ cash basis
revenue attributable to designated federal funding sources, including efforts to diversify the sources of our revenue. However, these
measures may not be adequate to prevent our institutions' 90-10 Rule percentages from exceeding 90%, and may not be sufficient to
allow our institutions to serve degree seeking prospective students at the same rates as we have historically or may require limiting the
type or volume of new students we enroll or programs we offer. We may be required to modify our business operations, including
reducing our investments in prospective student outreach and recruitment, in order to preserve our existing students’ ability to
continue benefitting from financial assistance for their education pursuant to Title IV Programs.
On December 21, 2022, the Department published in the Federal Register the list of Federal Education Assistance to be included
as “federal educational assistance” under the revised rule. This publication confirmed that government education assistance for
military or veteran personnel is considered “federal educational assistance.” Furthermore, the Department indicates that the list is not
all encompassing as certain non-federal entities may sub-grant award funds under various names, and that it is up to each institution to
determine if there are federal funds included in amounts received from students or other funding sources, and the precise federal and
non-federal breakdown in instances where funds may be co-mingled. The result makes compliance with the revised rule more difficult
if not impossible in some cases, as well as adding additional layers of complexity for institutions to calculate a rate under the new
rules.
The ability of our institutions to maintain 90-10 rates below 90% will depend on the impact of future changes in our student
enrollment mix, and Department regulations and guidance and other factors outside of our control. In addition, disagreements with,
changes in, or new interpretations of, the technical aspects of the calculation methodology or other industry practices under the 90-10
Rule could further significantly impact our compliance with the 90-10 Rule.
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Our institutions could lose
their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, face limitations on their ability to serve new or former
students or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain federal programs is too
high," for additional information regarding risks relating to the 90-10 Rule.
Student Loan Default Rates
An institution may lose eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which its former students default
on the repayment of their federally-guaranteed or federally-funded student loans exceed specified percentages. This is determined by
an institution’s cohort default rate which is calculated on an annual basis as a measure of administrative capability. Each cohort is the
group of students who first enter into student loan repayment during a federal fiscal year (ending September 30). An institution’s
cohort default rate is calculated as the percentage of borrowers who entered repayment in the relevant federal fiscal year who default
before the end of the second fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the borrowers entered repayment. This represents a three-
year measurement period.
If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 10% for any one of the three preceding years, it must delay for 30 days
the release of the first disbursement of U.S. federal student loan proceeds to first time borrowers enrolled in the first year of an
undergraduate program. As a matter of regular practice, our institutions have implemented a 30-day delay for such disbursements.
If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for any given year, it must establish a default prevention task force
and develop a default prevention plan with measurable objectives for improving the cohort default rate.
Excessive three-year cohort default rates will result in the loss of an institution’s Title IV eligibility, as follows:
•
•
Annual test. If the three-year cohort default rate for any given year exceeds 40%, the institution will cease to be eligible to
participate in Title IV Programs; and
Three consecutive years test. If the institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for three consecutive years, the
institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.
We have initiatives aimed at reducing the likelihood of our students’ failure to repay their loans in a timely manner. These
initiatives emphasize the importance of students’ compliance with loan repayment requirements and provide for loan counseling and
communication with students after they cease enrollment. Our efforts supplement the counseling, processing and other student loan
servicing work performed by the Department through contracts it has with select third parties. The quality and nature of the student
loan servicing work performed by the Department has a direct impact on our cohort default rates and we have experienced past
performance failures by the Department and its student loan servicers in outreach to students.
In September 2023, the Department released the official three-year cohort default rates for the 2020 cohort. Both of our
institutions had cohort default rates under the 30% threshold for the 2020 cohort. We increased our student communication,
21
counseling and other efforts in this area beginning in late 2016 and have begun to see improvements in the cohort default rate
beginning with the 2016 cohort, however more recent rates have been favorably impacted by a pause in repayment requirements due
to COVID as discussed above. A listing of the official 2020, 2019 and 2018 three-year cohort default rates for our institutions is
provided in the table below.
Institution, Main Campus Location
(Additional locations as defined by accreditors are in parentheses)
American InterContinental University (1)
Chandler, AZ (Online) (Atlanta, GA and Houston, TX)
Colorado Technical University
Colorado Springs, CO (Denver, CO and Online)
Cohort Default Rates
3-year rate
2020
0.0%
0.0%
2019
4.4%
4.3%
2018 (2)
14.0%
14.6%
______________________
(1) Trident University students who entered repayment on or after March 2, 2020, will begin to be included in the American
InterContinental University cohort default rates starting with the 2020 cohort.
(2) Rates were modified based on corrections made as part of official appeal processes.
As part of the CARES Act, which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, federal student loan payments and interest were
suspended for a period of time. Ultimately, student loan repayment started up again in October 2023, while interest began accruing on
those loans as of September 1, 2023. During the suspended period, student loan borrowers had their loans placed in forbearance, and
as such, were no longer required to make payments on their federal student loans. Consequently, no further defaults could occur
during this period. Based on this forbearance, and more specifically the timing of it, we have seen a favorable impact on the CDR rates
starting with the 2018 rates. We believe this favorability will at least continue through the 2022 cohort default rates, and expect the
rates through the 2022 cohort to be at or near zero percent. With the forbearance period having ended in October 2023, and interest
once again accruing on these loans, all students were encouraged to resume their next normally scheduled payment in October 2023.
To assist with the resumption of loan repayment after a long hiatus, the Department issued an “on-ramp” program, which would not
penalize students even if they failed to make the required payments for one year. As students become delinquent, they will
automatically be redesignated by the Department’s loan servicers as in good standing up through September 2024. Due to lack of
clarity with how the Department will end the “on-ramp” program and its timing, it is unclear if it will have a positive impact on the
2023 cohort. Separately, with the resumption of repayment this past October, borrowers have experienced numerous issues, such as
having a new servicer to make payments to, not receiving or receiving incorrect information on their payment, and significantly long
wait times to get through to the servicers. Furthermore, with the resumption of repayment, the Department also implemented a new
repayment option called the “SAVE” plan. This plan was designed to generally be more favorable than all the other existing
repayment plans, eliminating several options and therefore simplifying the repayment choices for borrowers. Under this new plan,
starting with the October repayment resumption, among other benefits, many more borrowers will be eligible for a zero dollar
repayment amount. Starting in July 2024, many borrowers with a repayment amount greater than zero will be eligible for a new,
significantly reduced payment amount. Most borrowers, not already in an income-based repayment plan, will need to actively sign up
for this new repayment plan with their federal loan servicer. It is unclear how this “on-ramp” process, coupled with the various
servicer issues will ultimately impact cohort default rates in the future. Many of these servicers have been advertising long wait times
for supporting student borrowers for an extended period of time which is likely to adversely impact the cohort default rates at our
institutions. The Department has warned that defaults across all institutions may rise considerably when the blanket forbearance
expires. Additionally, a number of recently adopted policies by the current administration have created disincentives for students to
repay their loans, including forgoing a number of common consequences of nonpayment during this “on-ramp” period and frequently
promoting a desire to provide broad based loan forgiveness. These policies are expected to negatively impact future default rates and
recent reports show repayment trends on student loans that have re-entered repayment in October 2023, are significantly behind
historical levels. As a result of all these changes, as well as the servicer issues, it is unclear what the impact will be on future cohorts
as compared to historical rates.
Borrower Defense to Repayment
On November 1, 2016, the Department adopted new regulations that cover multiple issues including the processes and standards
for the discharge of federal student loans, which are commonly referred to as “borrower defense to repayment” ("BDR") regulations.
On September 23, 2019, the Department published new final BDR regulations that became effective on July 1, 2020. The new 2019
final BDR regulations are summarized below and created a distinct loan discharge process and standards applicable to federal student
loans first disbursed after July 1, 2020. On November 1, 2022, the Department published further revised and final BDR regulations
that were to become effective on July 1, 2023. See “Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives - Negotiated
Rulemaking 2022: Affordability and Student Loans,” for more information. These regulations have been negotiated and revised
multiple times by the Department, who has created competing standards and outcomes for institutions and student borrowers. Since
22
their initial adoption in 2016 and with their subsequent modifications in 2019 and 2022, the Department’s BDR regulations have also
been the subject of numerous legal challenges in different jurisdictions around the country. The Department subsequently used the
settlement of a lawsuit that was primarily seeking improvements in the Department's processing of claims as a means of providing
loan forgiveness, including previously denied and/or meritless claims and further adopting yet a new BDR process and set of standards
applicable to claims pending as of that date. Numerous legal challenges remain pending regarding these regulations, making it difficult
to predict what standards and processes will ultimately apply to historical or future student loans incurred by our current or former
students.
2019 Final Regulations – Summary
Loan Discharge. The 2019 BDR regulations significantly altered how loan discharge applications are to be treated by the
Department. In addition to adopting the more balanced burden of proof standard of “preponderance of the evidence,” the 2019
regulations provided for a single new federal standard for a misrepresentation claim a student may assert against its school. Under the
new standard, an individual borrower may assert a defense to repayment based on the institution’s statement, act, or omission that is
false, misleading, or deceptive. To be eligible for relief, the borrower would be required to demonstrate that the misrepresentation (1)
was made with knowledge of its false, misleading, or deceptive nature or with a reckless disregard for the truth, (2) was relied upon by
the borrower in making an enrollment decision, and (3) caused the student financial harm.
In addition, the 2019 final regulations eliminated the concept of automatic group loan discharges contained in the 2016 and
subsequent 2022 regulations and require individual claims to be made by students and include a process for the institution to provide a
defense to any claims asserted. Although these 2019 regulations were finalized and adopted, it does not appear that the Department
implemented or applied them to any pending BDR applications and instead agreed to a settlement of existing claims (discussed below)
that called for relying on a modified set of standards while they developed new standards and processes adopted in November 2022.
Department Settlement of Pending BDR Applications, Inducement of New Claims
On November 16, 2022, a California federal court in Sweet v. Cardona, No. 3:19-cv-3674 (N.D. Cal.) approved a settlement
agreement entered into by the Department in a class action lawsuit that challenges the way the Department has been dealing with BDR
applications over the past few years (“Sweet Settlement”). The Sweet Settlement provides a streamlined path to debt forgiveness for
former students of over 150 schools, including AIUS, CTU, and institutions of ours that have previously closed. Neither the Company
nor our current or former institutions are a party to this lawsuit. BDR applications for over 150 schools pending at the time of the
settlement agreement were approximately 286,000, but expanded by an addition 180,000 applications prior to the court’s final
approval following publicity about the opportunity afforded by the settlement. The Department has neither identified the number of
claims nor the specific claims covered by the Sweet Settlement that are related to our institutions. Because the process agreed to by the
Department in the Sweet Settlement does not follow the claim adjudication procedures set out in applicable regulations, while
uncertain, we believe the claims covered by the Sweet Settlement cannot form the basis of a claim for recoupment against the
Company or our institutions.
Pending Borrower Defense to Repayment Applications
In May 2021, the Department notified the Company that the Department has several thousand borrower defense applications
that make claims regarding the Company’s institutions, including institutions that have ceased operations. As part of the initial fact-
finding process, the Department sent individual student claims to the Company and allowed the institutions the opportunity to submit
responses to the borrower defense applications. A majority of the claims received involve institutions or campuses that have ceased
operations and, in some cases, involve students who attended over 25 years ago. We have submitted responses to the claims received
which indicate that we believe the applications fail to establish a valid borrower defense and the Department should therefore deny
them. We have responded to substantial requests for information going back as far as 25 years with respect to these claims. The initial
volume of several thousand expanded significantly as the Department and outside interest groups have continued to promote different
pathways for students to receive loan forgiveness or loan discharge. Despite our belief expressed in responses submitted to the
Department that the applications fail to establish a valid borrower defense and the Department should therefore deny them, the
Department has already agreed in the Sweet Settlement to discharge most of the applications we are aware of. Our belief is that those
applications discharged pursuant to the Sweet Settlement would not be eligible for recoupment against the Company. Almost all of the
applications we have been provided to date would be covered by procedures set forth in the Sweet Settlement. It remains unclear what
loan discharge applications the Department may grant in the future and whether they will assert repayment claims against us
regardless of the date the student loan was disbursed and the corresponding discharge standards and processes.
2022 Final Regulations – Summary
As part of the Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility rulemaking, on November 1, 2022, the Department of Education
released final rules on borrower defense to repayment (“BDR”). The borrower defense to repayment rules have an effective date of
July 1, 2023. The rules establish a single federal standard for BDR, include a new definition of aggressive and deceptive recruitment -
one of five grounds under which a claim could be filed under the new rules - and reinstate a ban on pre-dispute arbitration and class
action waivers. The grounds on which a student may make a claim for BDR under these new rules include:
23
•
•
•
•
•
substantial misrepresentation,
substantial omission of fact,
breach of contract,
aggressive and deceptive recruitment, or
a federal, state judgment, departmental adverse action against an institution that could give rise to a borrower defense
claim.
The express purpose of the 2022 BDR rules was to make it easier for students to have their loans discharged and to streamline
the process of recoupment of discharged loan funds from institutions. Further, the processes and standards for a loan discharge are no
longer governed by the loan disbursal date. Instead, new loan discharge processes and standards would apply to all future and pending
discharge applications. In addition, the Department reinstated the group claims process and created a “third-party requester” process,
which allows state attorneys general and legal aid organizations to file group claims on a borrower’s behalf.
On August 7, 2023, a three-judge Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals panel granted a motion for an injunction pending appeal in the
lawsuit filed by CCST seeking to have the 2022 Borrower Defense to Repayment Final Rule vacated and enjoined. The motion stayed
the effective date of the borrower defense to repayment and closed school loan discharge provisions of the 2022 BDR Final Rule. On
November 6, 2023, oral argument was heard by a three judge panel of the Fifth Circuit. As of this writing, the court has not issued its
ruling.
See Item 1, “Business – Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives” and “Compliance with Federal
Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” for an overview of BDR.
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – ‘Borrower defense to repayment'
regulations, including closed school loan discharges, may subject us to significant repayment liability to the Department for discharged
federal student loans and posting of substantial letters of credit that may limit our ability to make investments in our business which
could negatively impact our future growth,” for more information about risks associated with the BDR and closed school loan discharge
regulations.
Financial Responsibility Standards
To participate in Title IV Programs, our institutions must either satisfy standards of financial responsibility prescribed by the
Department, or post a letter of credit in favor of the Department and possibly accept other conditions on their participation in Title IV
Programs. Pursuant to the Title IV Program regulations, each eligible higher education institution must, among other things, satisfy on
an annual basis a quantitative standard of financial responsibility that is based on a weighted average of three tests that assess the
financial condition of the institution. The three tests measure primary reserve, equity and net income ratios. The Primary Reserve
Ratio is a measure of an institution’s financial viability and liquidity. The Equity Ratio is a measure of an institution’s capital
resources and its ability to borrow. The Net Income Ratio is a measure of an institution’s profitability. These tests provide three
individual scores that are converted into a single composite score. The maximum composite score is 3.0. If the institution achieves a
composite score of at least 1.5, it is considered financially responsible without conditions or additional oversight. A composite score
from 1.0 to 1.4 is considered to be in “the zone” of financial responsibility, and a composite score of less than 1.0 is not considered to
be financially responsible. If an institution is in “the zone” of financial responsibility, the institution may establish eligibility to
continue to participate in Title IV Programs under the Zone Alternative.
Zone Alternative. Under what is referred to as the “zone alternative,” an institution may continue to participate in Title IV
Programs for up to three years under additional monitoring and reporting procedures but without having to post a letter of credit in
favor of the Department. These additional monitoring and reporting procedures include being transferred from the “advance” method
of payment of Title IV Program funds to cash monitoring status (referred to as Heightened Cash Monitoring 1, or “HCM1,” status) or
to the “reimbursement” or Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) methods of payment. If an institution does not achieve a
composite score of at least 1.0 in one of the three subsequent years or does not improve its financial condition to attain a composite
score of at least 1.5 by the end of the three-year period, the institution must satisfy another alternative standard to continue
participating in Title IV Programs.
If an institution has a composite score of less than 1.0 it may continue to participate in Title IV programs under either of the
following alternative bases:
• Letter of Credit Alternative. An institution that fails to meet one of the standards of financial responsibility, including by
having a composite score less than 1.5, may demonstrate financial responsibility by submitting an irrevocable letter of credit to the
Department in an amount equal to at least 50% of the Title IV Program funds that the institution received during its most recently
completed fiscal year. By choosing this option, the institution qualifies as a financially responsible institution.
• Provisional Certification. If an institution fails to meet one of the standards of financial responsibility, including by having a
composite score less than 1.5, the Department may permit the institution to participate under provisional certification for up to three
24
years. If the Department permits an institution to participate under provisional certification, an institution must comply with the
requirements of the Zone Alternative, including being transferred to the HCM1, HCM2 or “reimbursement” method of payment of
Title IV Program funds, and must submit a letter of credit to the Department in an amount determined by the Department which can
range from 10%-100% of the Title IV Program funds that the institution received during its most recently completed fiscal year. If an
institution is still not financially responsible at the end of the period of provisional certification, including because it has a composite
score of less than 1.0, the Department may again permit provisional certification subject to the terms the Department determines
appropriate.
The Department applies its quantitative financial responsibility tests annually based on an institution’s audited financial
statements and may apply the tests if an institution undergoes a change in control or under other circumstances. The Department also
may apply the tests to the parent company of our institutions, and to other related entities. Our composite score for the consolidated
entity for the year ended December 31, 2022 was 3.0, and our preliminary calculation for the year ended December 31, 2023 is also
3.0, which is the highest possible score and considered financially responsible without conditions or additional oversight. If in the
future we are required to satisfy the Department’s standards of financial responsibility on an alternative basis, including potentially by
posting irrevocable letters of credit, we may not have the capacity to post these letters of credit.
Accreditor and state regulatory requirements also address financial responsibility, and these requirements vary among agencies
and also are different from the Department requirements. Any developments relating to our satisfaction of the Department’s financial
responsibility requirements may lead to additional focus or review by our accreditors or applicable state agencies regarding their
respective financial responsibility requirements.
In addition to the annual tests referenced above, both the 2016 and 2019 borrower defense to repayment regulations include
discussion of financial triggering events that may provide the Department discretion regarding periodic determinations of our financial
responsibility and associated enhanced financial protection in the form of a letter of credit or other security it determines it needs.
Recently promulgated changes to the financial responsibility regulations effective July 1, 2024 include updates to the list of triggering
events that, if they occur, may require the posting of one or more letters of credit with the Department.
See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – A failure to demonstrate
‘financial responsibility’ or ‘administrative capability’ or meet new 'certification' requirements would have negative impacts on our
operations,” for additional information regarding risks relating to the financial responsibility standards.
Return and Refunds of Title IV Program Funds
An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that
were disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs, and must return those funds to the government in a timely
manner.
The portion of tuition and fee payments billed to students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred tuition revenue and reflected
as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as such amounts represent revenue that we expect to earn within the next year.
If a student withdraws from one of our institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and
fees already paid that we are not entitled to retain, pursuant to applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards and
our refund policy. The amount of funds to be refunded on behalf of a student is calculated based upon the period of time in which the
student has attended classes and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of the student’s withdrawal date.
Institutions are required to return any unearned Title IV funds within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the
student has withdrawn. An institution that is found to be in non-compliance with the Department refund requirements for either of the
last two completed fiscal years must post a letter of credit in favor of the Department in an amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV
Program returns that were paid or should have been paid by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year. As of
December 31, 2023, we have posted no letters of credit in favor of the Department due to non-compliance with the Department refund
requirements.
Change of Ownership or Control
When an institution undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control, as that term is defined by the applicable
state approving agency, its accrediting agency and the Department, it must secure the approval of those agencies to continue to operate
and to continue to participate in Title IV Programs. If the institution is unable to re-establish state authorization and accreditation
requirements and satisfy other requirements for certification by the Department, the institution may lose its authority to operate and its
ability to participate in Title IV Programs. An institution whose change of ownership or control is approved by the appropriate
authorities is nonetheless provisionally re-certified by the Department for a period of up to three years. Transactions or events that
constitute a change of control by one or more of the applicable regulatory agencies, including the Department, applicable state
agencies, and accrediting bodies, include the acquisition of an institution from another entity or significant acquisition or disposition
of an institution’s equity. It is possible that some of these events may occur without our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
obtaining, a required approval of any change in control from the Department, applicable state agencies, or accrediting agencies could
impair our ability or the ability of the affected institutions to participate in Title IV Programs. If we were to undergo a change of
25
control and our institutions failed to obtain the required approvals from applicable regulatory agencies in a timely manner, our student
population, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
When we acquire an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution typically undergoes a change
of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by the Department. Our acquired institutions in the past have undergone a
certification review under our ownership and have been certified to participate in Title IV Programs on a provisional basis, per
Department requirements, until such time that the Department signs a new program participation agreement with the institution.
Currently, neither of our institutions is subject to provisional certification status due to the Department’s change of ownership criteria.
The potential adverse effects of a change of control under Department regulations may influence future decisions by us and our
stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our common stock.
On October 28, 2022, the Department, as part of 2021-2022 negotiated rulemaking agenda, published Final Regulations on
Change of Ownership. The Department added a definition of main campus as “the primary physical location where the institution
offers programs, within the same ownership structure of the institution, and certified as the main campus by the Department and the
institution’s accrediting agency.” Also included is a required notification to the Department and students of planned change in
ownership at least 90 days in advance. The new regulations also lower reporting of ownership interest changes to 5%, instead of the
current 25% threshold and raised the threshold of full review of change in control from 25% ownership interest changes to 50%.
Opening New Institutions, Start-up Campuses and Adding Educational Programs
The Higher Education Act generally requires that for-profit institutions be fully operational for two years before applying to
participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish a start-up
branch campus or location and participate in Title IV Programs at the start-up campus without reference to the two-year requirement if
the start-up campus has received all of the necessary state and accrediting agency approvals, has been reported to the Department, and
meets certain other criteria as defined by the Department. Nevertheless, under certain circumstances, a start-up branch campus may
also be required to obtain approval from the Department to be able to participate in Title IV Programs.
In addition to the Department regulations, certain of the state and accrediting agencies with jurisdiction over our institutions
have requirements that may affect our ability to open a new institution, open a start-up branch campus or location of one of our
existing institutions, or begin offering a new educational program at one of our institutions. If we establish a new institution, add a
new branch start-up campus, or expand program offerings at any of our institutions without obtaining the required approvals, we
would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students at that institution or branch campus or enrolled in
that educational program, and we could also be subject to sanctions. Also, if we are unable to obtain the approvals from the
Department, applicable state regulatory agencies, and accrediting agencies for any new institutions, branch campuses, or program
offerings where such approvals are required, or to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to grow our business would be
impaired and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Administrative Capability
The Department regulations specify extensive criteria that an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite
administrative capability to participate in Title IV Programs. These criteria relate to, among other things, institutional staffing,
operational standards such as procedures for disbursing and safeguarding Title IV Program funds, timely submission of accurate
reports to the Department and various other procedural matters. If an institution fails to satisfy any of the Department’s criteria for
administrative capability, the Department may require the repayment of Title IV Program funds disbursed by the institution, place the
institution on provisional certification status, require the institution to receive Title IV Program funds under another funding
arrangement, impose fines or limit or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV Programs.
Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments
An institution participating in Title IV Programs cannot provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based
directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or awarding Title IV financial aid to any persons or entities engaged in any
student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the award of student financial assistance. Regulations
issued in October 2010 which became effective July 1, 2011 rescinded previously issued Department guidance and “safe harbors”
relied upon by higher education institutions in making decisions about how they managed, compensated and promoted individuals and
their supervisors engaged in student recruiting and awarding of financial aid. The elimination of these “safe harbor” protections and
guidance required us to terminate certain compensation payments to our affected employees and to implement changes in contractual
and other arrangements with third parties to change structures formerly allowed under Department rules, and has had an impact on our
ability to compensate, recruit, retain and motivate affected admissions and other affected employees as well as on our business
arrangements with third-party lead generators and other marketing vendors. In September 2016, the Department’s Office of Inspector
General released a revised audit guide, subsequently amended, applicable specifically to for-profit schools that requires an annual
audit to review compliance with the incentive compensation restrictions.
Further, the Department provides very limited published guidance regarding this rule and does not establish clear criteria for
compliance for many circumstances. If the Department determined that an institution’s compensation practices violated these
26
standards, the Department could subject the institution to substantial monetary fines, penalties or other sanctions, and exposure to
increased risk of action under the False Claims Act.
Substantial Misrepresentation
The Higher Education Act prohibits an institution participating in Title IV Programs from engaging in substantial
misrepresentation of the nature of its educational programs, financial charges, graduate employability or its relationship with the
Department. Under the Department’s rules, a "misrepresentation" is any statement (made in writing, visually, orally or otherwise)
made by the institution, any of its representatives or a third party that provides educational programs, marketing, advertising,
recruiting, or admissions services to the institution, that is false, erroneous or has the likelihood or tendency to deceive, and a
"substantial misrepresentation" is any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to
rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment. Considering the broad definition of “substantial misrepresentation,” it is
possible that, despite our training efforts and compliance programs, our institutions' employees or service providers may make
statements that could be construed as substantial misrepresentations. If the Department determines that one of our institutions has
engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the Department may revoke the institution’s program participation agreement, deny
applications from the institution for approval of new programs or locations or other matters, initiate proceedings under its borrower
defense to repayment regulations, or fine, limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs; the institution
could also be exposed to increased risk of action under the Federal False Claims Act.
OTHER INFORMATION
Our website address is www.perdoceoed.com. We make available within the “Investor Relations” portion of our website under
the caption “Annual Reports & SEC Filings,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and
current reports on Form 8-K, including any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file
or furnish such materials to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Also, the SEC maintains an Internet site at
www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC.
Information contained on our website is expressly not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
27
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate
Compliance with the extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business can be costly and time consuming, and failure to
comply could result in substantial financial penalties, severe restrictions on or closure of our operations, loss of federal and state
financial aid funding for our students, or loss of our authorization to operate our institutions.
As a provider of postsecondary education and a participant in federal and state programs providing financial assistance to
students, we are subject to extensive laws and regulation at both the federal and state levels and as well as by accrediting agencies.
These requirements cover virtually all aspects of our business.
In particular, the Higher Education Act authorizes Title IV Programs and subjects participants to extensive regulation by the
Department, state education authorizing agencies, and accrediting agencies. Our institutions’ participation in education assistance
programs administered by the Departments of Defense and Veterans Affairs also subjects us to oversight by those agencies. In
addition, other federal agencies such as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and the Federal Trade Commission
(“FTC”) and various state agencies and state attorneys general enforce a broad range of consumer protection and other laws
applicable to activities of postsecondary educational institutions, such as recruiting, marketing, the protection of personal information,
student financing and payment servicing.
Because of these regulatory requirements, we are subject to compliance reviews and audits, as well as claims of noncompliance
and lawsuits by government agencies based on claims by students, current and former employees and other third parties. These
matters often require the expenditure of substantial time and resources to address and may damage our reputation, even if such actions
are eventually determined to be without merit. For example, the Department has broad powers to request information and review
records of an institution participating in Title IV Programs. These requests can be open-ended and do not necessarily relate to any
specific allegations of wrongdoing or assert any compliance failures of any kind. We received such a request in December 2021. Due
process safeguards and protections for institutions subjected to this type of information request are limited to the Department’s
interpretation of the boundaries of its authority over institutions participating in Title IV programs.
The Department, under direction from the current administration, has taken an ever-expanding view on its authority over the
administration of Title IV programs, institutions and loans, including overruling or ignoring a number of historical limiting precedents
and due process safeguards. The Department has partnered with advocacy groups critical of the for-profit education sector in
numerous aspects of its agenda, which have lobbied for targeting the sector and our schools. The President has appointed and the
Department has hired a number of individuals that are critical of for-profit education into senior level positions within the Department.
In addition to the above factors, recent and future rulemaking, the absence of transparency from the Department, and the
administration’s stated ambition to discharge a maximum amount of student loans has created a challenging and, in some cases,
uncertain regulatory environment for the sector and could lead the Department to take actions to limit, suspend, or terminate
institutions, including ours, with little or no warning or due process protections.
In addition to responding to compliance reviews and audits and other informational requests, we have had significant matters
pending against us in the past which have resulted in the payment of significant amounts to settle the matters and our agreement to
ongoing compliance and operational oversight. In this regard, see Item I, “Business – Accreditation, State Regulation and Other
Compliance Matters – Other Compliance Matters,” for discussion of agreements undertaken in connection with several matters
resolved in recent years.
Compliance with reviews and audits and applicable laws, regulations, standards or policies may impose significant burdens and
a failure to comply could result in substantial financial penalties, severe restrictions on or closure of our operations, loss of federal and
state financial aid funding for our students, or loss of authorization to operate our institutions.
If the Department denies, or significantly conditions, recertification of either of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs,
that institution could not conduct its business as it is currently conducted.
Under the provisions of the Higher Education Act, an institution must apply to the Department for continued certification to
participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years or whenever it undergoes a change of control. Generally, the recertification
process includes a review by the Department of an institution’s educational programs and locations, administrative capability,
financial responsibility, and other regulatory oversight categories. Both AIUS and CTU are currently in the recertification process
with the Department. AIUS is currently operating on a provisional program participation agreement due to open regulatory review
processes with the Department at the time of its prior recertification. During the period of provisional certification, an institution must
obtain prior Department approval to add an educational program, open a new location, or make any other significant change, which
could negatively impact AIUS’ ability to take these actions. Institutions may be given provisional program participation agreements
for very nominal or arbitrary reasons and we have seen in some instances without justification, including the existence of an open and
pending audit or review within the Department’s discretion or unspecified issues arising out of past administrative capability
issues. Recently, the Department has imposed a number of additional reporting, limiting and monitoring conditions on continued
participation against institutions it has recertified.
28
If the Department finds that any of our institutions do not fully satisfy all required eligibility and certification standards, the
Department could deny recertification or limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV Programs. Continued
Title IV program eligibility is critical to the operation of our business. If either of our institutions becomes ineligible to participate in
Title IV Programs, or have that participation significantly conditioned, it could not conduct its business as currently conducted and we
would experience a dramatic decline in revenue.
We are dependent on the recertification and maintenance of Title IV Programs.
A substantial majority of our students rely upon Title IV Programs to assist in financing their education, and we derive a
substantial majority of our revenue and cash flows from Title IV Programs. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2023, a
majority of our students who were in a program of study at any date during that year participated in Title IV Programs, which resulted
in Title IV Program cash receipts of approximately $484 million. As a result, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly
reduces Title IV Program funding or the ability of our students to participate, or that places significant additional burdens on or
eliminates our ability to participate, would materially reduce the number of students who enroll at our institutions, our revenue and our
profitability, and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted.
The extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-
profit postsecondary education sector and efforts of the current administration, which could require us to make substantial
changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult.
The regulations, standards and policies of our regulators change frequently and are subject to interpretation, and interpretations
may change over time or due to changes in presidential administrations. In particular, the Department promulgated a number of new
regulations that become effective on July 1, 2024, including the Financial Value Transparency and Gainful Employment Rule, and
revised Financial Responsibility, Administrative Capability, and Certification rules. In addition, the Department has announced and is
in the process of promulgating a substantial number of new regulations that impact our business, including but not limited to updates
to accreditation, state authorization, and distance education regulations discussed in a separate risk factor below.
The Higher Education Act guides the federal government’s support of postsecondary education. The U.S. Congress is required
to periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding
level for each Title IV Program. The Higher Education Act was last reauthorized by the U.S. Congress in 2008. When the Higher
Education Act is reauthorized, existing programs and participation requirements are subject to change. Additionally, funding for
student financial assistance programs may be impacted during appropriations and budget actions. See Item 1, “Business—Student
Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation—Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives,” for more
information about the reauthorization of the Higher Education Act. In recent years, Congress, the Department, states, accrediting
agencies, the CFPB, the FTC, state attorneys general, consumer advocacy groups, and the media have scrutinized the for-profit
postsecondary education sector. See Item 1, “Business—Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation—Scrutiny of the For-
Profit Postsecondary Education Sector,” for more information about the focus on our industry. This scrutiny and efforts of the current
administration led to significant regulatory changes. The Department has enacted and is continuing to pursue significant rulemaking
initiatives that are likely to negatively impact our business. See Item 1, “Business—Student Financial Aid and Related Federal
Regulation—Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives,” for an overview of regulatory initiatives by the
Department. Ongoing efforts by activists to change state authorization regulations, State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement
("SARA") reciprocity rules, and state-by-state standards could increase regulatory burdens on our business. See Item 1, “Business -
Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters - State Regulation,” for more information about state regulation and
SARA.
The Department issued a Dear Colleague Letter on February 15, 2023 that updated its existing guidance to significantly expand
its interpretation of the types of service providers that qualify as participating in the administration of Title IV funds under the
definition of a “Third Party Servicer.” This guidance was rescinded and the Department announced that it would provide stakeholders
advance notice of any proposed changes. New guidance is expected in 2024. We may have service providers that elect to discontinue
working with our institutions in light of the additional costs, administrative burdens and/or risk imposed by having to comply with
Title IV requirements applicable to Third Party Servicers, which include annual compliance audits and contractual commitments to
joint and several liability with the institution. Many of these ancillary support services have not traditionally had any role related to the
administration of Title IV funds, but may in some limited way interact with or have access to provide support for our students. We
will assess the support provided by various service providers against updated guidance, but are unable to determine the potential
impact it may have on our business at this time.
On August 31, 2023, the Department issued a notice of its intent to establish a Student Loan Debt Relief negotiated rulemaking
committee in response to the US Supreme Court striking down an earlier attempt by the current administration at broad student loan
forgiveness. As part of this rulemaking, which concluded in December 2023, the Department is granting itself additional authority to
forgive federal student loans. Subsequently, the Department agreed to reconvene a fourth negotiating session to consider adopting
additional authority for loan discharge in the case of financial hardship. The Department completed the negotiated rulemaking in
December 2023 and is expected to publish proposed regulations for public comment by spring 2024, however it has already
29
announced broad loan forgiveness that relies on these proposed rules. The authority drafted under this rulemaking gives the
Department broad discretion to discharge loans under the Higher Education Act and may encourage the Department to take adverse
actions against institutions as a means of achieving the administration's stated goals of achieving the largest volume of student loan
forgiveness in history. We are unable to determine the potential impact of any future final regulations on our business at this time.
On November 29, 2023, the Department issued a notice of its intent to establish a Program Integrity and Institutional Quality
negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare proposed regulations. As part of this rulemaking, the Department is considering revisions
to its federal regulations addressing accreditation, state authorization, distance education, Return of Title IV funds, cash management,
and eligibility requirements for participation in the Federal TRIO Programs. Negotiating sessions of Program Integrity and Institutional
Quality negotiated rulemaking committee are scheduled for January, February, and March 2024. We are closely monitoring the
Department’s negotiated rulemaking process, but we are unable to determine the potential impact of any future final regulations on our
business at this time.
As in the past, recent and future regulatory changes may have significant impacts on our business, potentially requiring a large
number of operational changes, changes to and elimination of certain educational programs, or other fundamental changes to our
business. These actions may reduce our student enrollments and profitability or limit our ability to maintain or grow our business.
These recent and future regulatory changes may also make compliance with regulatory requirements even more complex and difficult.
Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, face limitations on their ability
to serve new or former students or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain
federal programs is too high.
Under revised regulations effective for calendar year 2023, any of our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if, on modified cash basis accounting, the percentage of the cash receipts derived from federal funding programs for two
consecutive fiscal years is greater than 90%. The Department specified the sources of federal funding to be included in the 90-10 Rule
in mid-December 2022, well after a substantial majority of students for the upcoming 2023 calendar year, a majority of those students
which were in the process of continuing through their program, had already enrolled and elected financing for upcoming classes.
Federal funding now includes tuition assistance under the Title IV program as well as tuition assistance benefits provided to members
of the military and veterans as well as a significant number of other federal programs supporting higher education and training. Under
this modified 90-10 Rule, an institution that derives more than 90% of its cash receipts from federal funding sources for any fiscal
year will be placed on provisional participation status for its next two fiscal years and is required to issue notices to existing students
about the potential loss of Title IV funding. The issuance of any required notice could deter prospective students from enrolling at our
institutions and current students from continuing in their programs. We have substantially no control over the amount of Title IV
student loans and grants, military or veteran education benefits, or other federal education assistance funds sought by or awarded to
our students and given the significant existing student populations at our institutions when these rules were adopted, the 90-10 Rule
operates retroactively to capture the significant federal funding those students were already utilizing and entitled to.
Additionally, we may not know at the time of receipt that funding used by a student was derived from a federal program. In
addition, if the institution violates the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive fiscal years and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV
Programs, but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, the Department would require the repayment of all Title IV Program
funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility. The Department also noted in its regulatory publication adopting
the new rule that one of its expectations for this revised rule was to push students away from for-profit schools and into taxpayer
subsidized community colleges and so we expect interpretations, guidance, and enforcement to generally be adverse to institutional
compliance.
Several factors such as the increase in Title IV Program aid availability, including year-round Pell Grant funds, and budget-
related reductions in state grant programs, workforce training programs, and other alternative funding sources have adversely affected
our institutions' 90-10 Rule percentages in recent years, and we expect this negative impact to continue. Additionally, the lack of
visibility into potential federal fund sources students may be using, the timing of the identification of the federal fund sources
applicable to the 90-10 Rule, the lack of clarity regarding the definition of federal funds and those funds counting in the “10” as well
as some of the technical aspects of the calculation methodology under the 90-10 Rule, and interest levels and variability in the timing
of receipts of future cash payments made for allowable non-Title IV programs offered by our institutions, all make it difficult to
predict future compliance with the 90-10 Rule. We have implemented various measures intended to reduce the percentage of our
institutions’ cash basis revenue attributable to designated federal funding sources, including efforts to diversify the sources of our
revenue. However, these measures may not be adequate to prevent our institutions' 90-10 Rule percentages from exceeding 90%, and
may not be sufficient to allow our institutions to serve degree-seeking prospective students at the same rates as we have historically, or
may require limiting the type or volume of new students we enroll or programs we offer. We may be required to modify our business
operations, including reducing our investments in prospective student outreach and recruitment, in order to preserve our existing
students’ ability to continue benefitting from financial assistance for their education pursuant to Title IV Programs. For example, in
2023, we materially reduced prospective student enrollment, marketing and outreach processes at AIUS during the year to limit the
volume of new federal funding that the institution would receive to preserve available funding for existing students. Any necessary
30
business changes could materially impact our revenue, operating costs and opportunities for growth. Furthermore, these business
changes could make more difficult our ability to comply with other important regulatory requirements.
The ability of our institutions to comply with the 90-10 Rule will depend upon the composition of our future student population
and their personal circumstances, as well as on regulatory changes and other factors outside of our control, including any increases or
reductions in federally funded education assistance.
The Department may attempt to impose additional sanctions on institutions that fail the 90-10 Rule, but there is only limited
precedent available to determine their legality or predict what those additional sanctions might be. For example, the new Financial
Responsibility rule imposes a mandatory trigger for institutions that fail one year of the 90-10 Rule. The financial protection required
would be a minimum of 10 percent of the previous year’s Title IV funds. This protection would remain in place until the institution
passes the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive years. The Department could specify a wide range of additional conditions as part of the
provisional certification and the institutions' continued participation in Title IV Programs. These conditions may include, but are not
limited to: restrictions on the total amount of Title IV Program funds that may be distributed to students attending the institutions;
restrictions on programmatic, enrollment, and geographic expansion; requirements to obtain and post letters of credit; and additional
reporting requirements to include additional interim financial or enrollment reporting.
See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory
Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations - ‘90-10 Rule,’” for more information about the 90-10 Rule and the measures
we have implemented to improve our compliance.
If any of our institutions lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs due to violation of the prior or modified 90-10 Rule,
the institution would experience a dramatic decline in revenue and would be unable to continue its business as it currently is
conducted. Efforts to reduce the 90-10 Rule percentage for our institutions have and may in the future involve taking measures that
reduce our revenue, increase our operating expenses or involve interpretations of the 90-10 Rule or other Title IV regulations that are
without clear precedent (or all of the foregoing, in each case perhaps significantly).
“Gainful Employment” regulations may subject us to significant disclosures and limitations, including program closures, which
could materially reduce the enrollments and revenue at our institutions and negatively impact our future growth.
On October 10, 2023, the Department published final regulations for the GE rule. The GE rule includes an eligibility framework
that imposes additional requirements on for-profit sector programs, including our schools. The regulation uses two key metrics: Debt-
to-Earnings (“D/E”) and Earnings Premium (“EP”) metrics to determine whether a program prepares students for gainful employment.
The D/E metrics measure student debt at a program level against a measure of earnings. The EP metric measures student earnings at a
program level against working individuals with a high school diploma or equivalent. GE programs that fail either the D/E or the EP
metric in two of three consecutive years will lose Title IV eligibility. Programs offered by both AIUS and CTU are subject to the GE
Rule and could lose Title IV eligibility if their programs fail to pass the D/E rates and/or the EP measures. The rule also requires our
institutions to warn current and prospective students if a program fails any metric in any year. The issuance of required GE warnings
could deter prospective students from enrolling at our institutions and current students from continuing in their programs.
The GE Rule becomes effective on July 1, 2024. According to the Department's announcement, the first official GE rates will be
published in early 2025, and programs may be deemed ineligible to participate in Title IV programs in 2026. A loss or material
reduction in eligible Title IV programs due to the GE Rule would materially impact our student enrollments and profitability and
could impact the continued viability of our business as currently conducted. We are continuing to evaluate the regulation, but given
the complexity of the rules and the lack of our access to and the lack of the Department providing transparency regarding the earnings
data used to calculate the metrics, we are unable to determine the ultimate impact of the regulation on our business at this time.
A failure to demonstrate "financial responsibility" or "administrative capability" or meet new "certification" requirements would
have negative impacts on our operations.
All higher education institutions participating in Title IV Programs must, among other things, satisfy financial and
administrative standards. Failure to meet these standards may subject an institution to: (1) additional monitoring and reporting
procedures, the costs of which may be significant,; (2) alterations in the timing and process for receipt of cash pursuant to Title IV
Programs; (3) a requirement to submit an irrevocable letter of credit to the Department in an amount equal to 10-100% or more of the
Title IV Program funds received during its most recently completed fiscal year, which we may not have the capacity to provide; or (4)
provisional certification for up to three years, in each case depending on the level of compliance with the standards and the
Department’s discretion.
On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on financial responsibility, administrative capability, and
certification that become effective July 1, 2024. They impose a broad range of additional requirements on our institutions and would
increase the possibility that our schools could be subject to additional monitoring, restrictions, financial protection, and reporting
requirements, potential liabilities and sanctions, and potential loss of Title IV liability, which would have a material adverse effect on
our business and results of operations.
31
The new Financial Responsibility regulations, among other things, significantly modify and expand the mandatory and
discretionary triggering events that require an institution to post a letter of credit or other form of financial protection with the
Department. The rules provide that a separate letter of credit of not less than 10% of the institution’s prior year Title IV receipts is
required for each mandatory or discretionary triggering event, such that multiple triggering events could subject our institutions to
substantial cumulative financial protection obligations.
Examples of mandatory triggering events in the regulations include: lawsuits by federal or state authorities to impose an
injunction, establish fines or penalties, or to obtain financial relief, or in a qui tam action in which the federal government has
intervened, subject to certain timing requirements; an action by the Department to recover from the institution for adjudicated
borrower defense to repayment claims where the potential amount of recovery would cause the institution’s recalculated composite
score to drop below 1.0; the institution has received at least 50% of its Title IV funds in its most recently completed fiscal year from
programs that are failing the GE rule; the institution is required to submit a teach-out plan by a state or federal agency, an accrediting
agency, or other oversight body for reasons related to financial concerns; for an institution owned at least 50% by a publicly traded
entity, the entity is subject to certain actions or events specified in the rule initiated by the Securities and Exchange Commission; the
institution fails the 90-10 rule for its most recently completed fiscal year; and, the institution is subject to a default or other adverse
condition under a line of credit, loan agreement, security agreement or other financing arrangement due to an action by the
Department.
Specified discretionary triggers provide the Department flexibility on whether to require a letter of credit based on the financial
impact the triggering event would have on the institution. Examples of discretionary triggers include: an accrediting agency or a
federal, state, or other authority places the institution on probation, show cause, or comparable status; the institution is subject to a
default or other specified adverse condition under a credit or financing arrangement (unless due to an action by the Department, which
is a mandatory trigger); a “significant fluctuation” in Direct Loan or Pell Grant funds received by the institution over different award
years that cannot be accounted for by changes in those programs; the institution has high annual dropout rates as calculated by the
Department; the institution is under prior financial reporting obligations to the Department and has any of the following occurrences:
negative cash flows, failure of other financial ratios, cash flows that significantly miss projections submitted to the Department,
significant increases in withdrawal rates or other indicators of a significant change in the institution’s financial condition; pending
group-process BDR claims; a discontinuation of programs that enroll more than 25% of the institution’s students who receive Title IV
funds; a closure of locations that enroll more than 25% of its students who receive Title IV funds; a citation by a state licensing agency
for failing to meet its requirements; the institution or a program loses eligibility to participate in another federal educational assistance
program due to an administrative action; for an institution owned at least 50% by a publicly traded entity, a disclosure by the entity in
a public filing that it is under investigation for possible violations of state, federal or foreign law; a citation and potential loss of
education assistance funds from another federal agency if it does not comply with agency requirements; the institution is required to
submit a teach-out plan or agreement, including programmatic teach-outs, by a state, the Department or another federal agency, an
accrediting agency, or other oversight body; or any other event or condition that the Department learns about from the institution or
other parties where the Department determines that the event or condition is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the financial
condition of the institution. The Department has used its discretion to selectively impose letter of credit requirements to create
liquidity pressures and financially destabilize otherwise fiscally sound institutions.
The new regulations also add additional circumstances that would deem an institution to lack financial responsibility, such as:
failing to make debt payments for more than 90 days; failing to meet payroll obligations; borrowing from employee retirement plans
or restricted funds without authorization; failing to make timely refunds or returns of Title IV funds or pay Title IV credit balances; or
failing to make repayments of any Title IV liabilities. Finally, the regulations establish new rules for evaluating financial responsibility
during a change in ownership.
The Administrative Capability regulations expand the requirements for institutions to demonstrate that they are administratively
capable of providing the education they promise and of properly managing Title IV program funds, adding new standards related to
financial counseling and career services, adequate clinical and externship opportunities, timely disbursement of Title IV funds,
compliance with high school diploma verification requirements, aggressive and deceptive recruitment tactics or conduct, gainful
employment requirements, and significant negative actions by federal, state or accreditation agencies. The changes also provide the
Department with increased and explicit authority to make an administrative capability finding based on a broader set of issues than it
has used historically.
Such findings could lead to fines, limitations, suspensions, terminations or other actions, including placing the institution on a
provisional program participation agreement or heightened cash monitoring.
The revised Certification regulations provide a more rigorous process for certifying institutions to participate in the Title IV
programs, both initially and on an ongoing basis and include provisions that may further limit our ability to promote reduced student
borrowing. The changes increase the Department’s oversight of institutions at critical points of institutional review including initial
certification, during provisional certification, after a change of ownership, at recertification, and when there is a risk of closure.
32
The regulations add additional events that lead to provisional certification, such as if an institution is required to post a letter of
credit because of a mandatory or discretionary triggers in the financial responsibility regulations, the Department determines the
institution is at risk of closure, or the institution fails the 90-10 rule. It establishes new supplementary performance measures the
Department may consider in determining whether to certify or condition the participation of the institution, such as withdrawal rates,
the amount of educational and pre-enrollment expenditures, and licensure pass rates where the institution is required by an accrediting
agency or state to report licensure exam passage rates.
The regulations also add a provision to include all federal agencies and add state attorneys general to the list of entities that have
the authority to share with each other and the Department any information pertaining to an institution’s eligibility for or participation
in Title IV Programs or any information on fraud, abuse, or other violations of law.
The new regulations establish a non-exhaustive list of conditions that the Department may apply to provisionally certified
institutions, such as the submission of teach-out plans, the release of holds on student transcripts, restrictions or limitations on the
addition of new programs or locations, restrictions on growth in enrollments or Title IV volume, restrictions on the ability to provide a
teach-out on behalf of another institution, restrictions on the acquisition of other institutions, additional financial reporting
requirements, and limitations on entering into written arrangements with other institutions for the provision of educational instruction.
Finally, the new regulations require provisionally certified schools that have major consumer protection issues to recertify after
no more than three years. For institutions alleged or found to have engaged in misrepresentation, aggressive recruiting, or incentive
compensation violations, the Department may require that the institution engage a monitor and submit marketing materials to the
Department for its review and approval.
Accreditor and state regulatory requirements also address financial responsibility and administrative capability, and these
requirements vary among agencies and also may differ from Department requirements. Any developments relating to our satisfaction
of the Department's financial responsibility requirements or administrative capability may lead to additional focus or review by our
accreditors or applicable state agencies regarding their respective financial responsibility requirements.
If our institutions fail to maintain financial responsibility or administrative capability, they could lose their eligibility to
participate in Title IV Programs, have that eligibility adversely conditioned or be subject to similar negative consequences under
accreditor and state regulatory requirements, which would have a material adverse effect on our operations. In particular, limitations
on participation in Title IV Programs resulting from the failure to demonstrate financial responsibility or administrative capability
could materially reduce the enrollments and revenue at the impacted institution, and a termination of participation would cause a
dramatic decline in revenue and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted.
“Borrower defense to repayment” regulations, including closed school loan discharges, may subject us to significant repayment
liability to the Department for discharged federal student loans and posting of substantial letters of credit that may limit our ability
to make investments in our business which could negatively impact our future growth.
On November 1, 2016, the Department adopted regulations that cover multiple enforcement issues, including revised processes
and standards for the discharge of student loans for borrowers commonly referred to as “borrower defense to repayment” regulations.
Changes made to the borrower defense to repayment regulations, as well as to the closed school loan discharge regulations, are
extensive and generally will make it easier for student borrowers to obtain discharges of their loans and for the Department to attempt
to assess liabilities and other sanctions against institutions based on loan discharges. Included in the 2016 regulations were expansions
of the Department’s authority to process group discharge claims and authority to seek recoupment from institutions.
On September 23, 2019, the Department published revised final borrower defense to repayment regulations that became
effective on July 1, 2020. The processes and standards that apply are determined by the date a student loan is disbursed, and student
loans disbursed before July 1, 2017 followed the Department’s original discharge standards and processes that specify that a borrower
may assert a defense to repayment based on an act or omission by the school that would give rise to a cause of action under state law.
On November 1, 2022, the Department published further revised borrower defense to repayment regulations that were scheduled
to become effective on July 1, 2023, with the express purpose of making it easier for students to have their loans discharged and to
streamline the process of recoupment of discharged loan funds from institutions. The new regulations expanded the types of conduct
that could support a successful borrower defense to repayment claim, including expanding the types of substantial misrepresentations
that could support a claim and providing new sections addressing substantial omissions of fact, aggressive and deceptive recruitment,
and adverse actions by the Department against institutions. Further, the processes and standards for a loan discharge are no longer
governed by the loan disbursal date. These new loan discharge processes and standards were scheduled to apply to all future and
pending discharge applications. In addition, the Department reinstated the group claims process and created a “third-party requester”
process, which allows state attorneys general and legal aid organizations to file group claims on a borrower’s behalf.
On February 28, 2023, the Career Colleges & Schools of Texas (“CCST”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the
Northern District of Texas challenging the Department’s recently promulgated borrower defense to repayment and closed school loan
discharge regulations. CCST initiated the lawsuit in an effort to set aside the BDR Rule on the grounds that it violates the U.S.
Constitution and the Administrative Procedure Act. On August 7, 2023, a three-judge Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals panel granted a
33
motion for an injunction pending appeal in the lawsuit. The motion stayed the effective date of the borrower defense to repayment and
closed school loan discharge provisions of the most recent BDR Rule scheduled to go into effect on July 1, 2023. On November 6,
2023, oral argument was heard by a three judge panel of the Fifth Circuit. As of this writing, the court has not issued its ruling. The
stay is in effect until that same Fifth Circuit panel issues an order on the appeal.
On November 16, 2022, a California federal court in Sweet v. Cardona, No. 3:19-cv-3674 (N.D. Cal.) approved a settlement
agreement entered into by the Department in a class action lawsuit that challenges the way the Department has been dealing with
borrower defense applications over the past few years (“Sweet Settlement”). The Sweet Settlement would provide a streamlined path
to debt forgiveness for former students of over 150 schools, including AIUS, CTU, and institutions of ours that have previously
closed. Neither the Company nor our current or former institutions are a party to this lawsuit. The Department has neither identified
the number of claims nor the specific claims covered by the Sweet Settlement that are related to our institutions. It is unclear whether
the Department would seek to impose liabilities on us or our institutions based on relief provided to our former students under the
settlement agreement. Because the process agreed to by the Department in the Sweet Settlement does not follow the claim adjudication
procedures set out in applicable regulations, it is uncertain whether the Department will seek recoupment against the Company or our
institutions for claims covered by the Sweet Settlement.
In May 2021, the Department began providing us with borrower defense applications that assert claims regarding our
institutions, including institutions that have ceased operations. The initial volume of several thousand significantly expanded as the
Department and outside interest groups promoted different pathways for students to receive loan forgiveness or loan discharge.
Despite our belief expressed in responses submitted to the Department that the applications fail to establish a valid borrower defense
and the Department should therefore deny them, the Department has already agreed in the Sweet Settlement to discharge most of the
applications we are aware of. Almost all of the applications we have been provided to date would be covered by procedures set forth
in the Sweet Settlement. It remains unclear what loan discharge applications the Department may grant in the future and whether they
will assert repayment claims against us regardless of the date the student loan was disbursed and the corresponding discharge
standards and processes. Our defenses to the asserted repayment liability may not succeed. See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial
Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations –
Borrower Defense to Repayment,” for more information about the borrower defense to repayment regulations and our responses to
these applications.
The Department’s interpretation and enforcement of the different versions of the borrower defense to repayment regulations,
additional rule modifications regarding these regulations and other regulations regarding loan discharges, and the change in
Department administration and policy objectives, has led to increased enforcement activities by the Department. For example, on
February 16, 2022, the Department announced that nearly 16,000 borrowers will receive $415 million in borrower defense to
repayment discharges for several institutions following the approval of four new findings and the continued review of claims. This
includes approximately 1,800 former DeVry University students who will receive approximately $71.7 million in full borrower
defense discharges, with the Department anticipating an increase in these amounts. DeVry University is a for-profit postsecondary
institution, and the Department noted in its announcement that these are the first approved borrower defense claims associated with a
currently operating institution and that it will seek to recoup the cost of the discharges from DeVry University. Other recent examples
include Ashford University and University of Phoenix. On August 30, 2023, the Department announced the approval of $72 million in
borrower defense to repayment discharges for more than 2,300 students who applied for relief from loans they took out to attend
Ashford University (now owned by University of Arizona Global Campus), which was an online for-profit school based in San Diego.
On September 20, 2023, the Department announced the approval of nearly $37 million in borrower defense to repayment discharges
for more than 1,200 students who attended the University of Phoenix. The Department indicated that it intends to initiate recoupment
proceedings against University of Arizona Global Campus and University of Phoenix to seek repayment of the liabilities associated
with these approved claims.
If the Department determines, despite the Sweet Settlement, that a significant number of borrowers who attended our current,
former, or acquired institutions have a defense to repayment of their student loans, and successfully asserts recoupment against the
Company or its institutions, we could be subject to significant repayment liability to the Department, which may limit our ability to
make investments in our business and negatively impact our future growth.
In addition to potential liability associated with loan discharges, both the 2016 and 2019 borrower defense to repayment
regulations include discussion of triggering events that may provide the Department discretion regarding periodic determinations of
our financial responsibility and associated enhanced financial protection in the form of a letter of credit or other security it determines
it needs. Recently promulgated changes to the financial responsibility regulations effective July 1, 2024 include additional triggering
events that are discussed further below. If in the future we are required to post a letter of credit pursuant to the borrower defense to
repayment regulations, we may not have the capacity to do so. Even if we are able to post a required letter of credit, doing so may
limit our ability to make investments in our business which could negatively impact our future growth.
In addition to a borrower defense to repayment discharge of student loans based on an act or omission by a school, Department
regulations provide that upon the closure of an institution participating in the Title IV Programs, including any location thereof,
certain students who had attended such an institution or location may be eligible to obtain a “closed school loan discharge” of their
34
federal student loans related to attendance at that institution or location, if they do not complete their educational programs at another
location or online, or through transfer or teach-out with other postsecondary institutions. In order to obtain a closed school loan
discharge, a student generally must have been enrolled or on an approved leave of absence within 180 days from when the institution
or location closed.
Under Department regulations published on October 31, 2022, which took effect on July 1, 2023 (and are currently stayed under
the CCST litigation), the Department may grant automatic closed school loan discharges to students who do not re-enroll in another
Title IV-participating institution within one year after becoming unable to complete their educational program due to a closure of their
institution or institutional location. The Department has asserted loan discharge claims against us relating to closed campuses in our
former All Other Campuses reporting segment for select students that withdrew or were dismissed from school just prior to a campus
closure, despite the availability of a teach-out and opportunity to complete or other mitigating factors. In addition, pursuant to our
acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Trident University, Trident University’s operations were brought within the scope of
AIUS’ state licensure, accreditation and Department approval, with Trident University relinquishing its accreditor and Department
approvals. As a result, we have incurred some and may incur additional closed school discharge liabilities if Trident University
students do not complete their educational program after the closing of the transaction.
We cannot predict the impact various defense to repayment regulations will have on student enrollments, the volume of claims
for loan discharge (including closed school discharge), the amount of claims for loan discharge the Department approves, the amount
of discharged loans the Department asserts we have repayment liability for, our future financial responsibility as determined by the
Department, or any sanctions or other actions the Department might take against our institutions based on loans discharged, all of
which could be materially adverse to our business.
Our institutions would lose their ability to participate in Title IV Programs if they fail to maintain their institutional accreditation,
and our student enrollments could decline if certain of our programs fail to obtain or maintain programmatic accreditation.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department in order to participate in Title IV
Programs. See Item 1, “Business – Accreditation, Jurisdictional Authorizations and Other Compliance Matters – Institutional
Accreditation.” The failure to comply with accreditation standards subjects an institution to additional oversight and reporting
requirements, accreditation proceedings such as a show-cause directive, an action to defer or deny action related to an institution's
application for a new grant of accreditation, an action to suspend an institution's accreditation or a program's approval, or other
negative actions. Future inquiries or actions by state or federal agencies could negatively impact our accreditation status. If our
institutions or programs are subject to accreditation actions or are placed on probationary or other negative accreditation status, we
may experience adverse publicity, impaired ability to attract and retain students and substantial expense to obtain unqualified
accreditation status. The inability to obtain reaccreditation following periodic reviews or any final loss of institutional accreditation
after exhaustion of the administrative agency processes would result in a loss of Title IV Program funds for the affected institution and
its students. In addition, if an accrediting body of our institutions loses recognition by the Department, that institution could lose its
ability to participate in Title IV Programs. See Item 1, "Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Eligibility
and Certification by the Department," for more information.
Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited. While programmatic accreditation is
not a sufficient basis to qualify for institutional Title IV Program certification, programmatic accreditation may be a prerequisite for or
improve employment opportunities of program graduates in their chosen field. Those of our programs that do not have such
programmatic accreditation, where available, or fail to maintain such accreditation, may experience adverse publicity, declining
enrollments, litigation or other claims from students or suffer other adverse impacts, which could result in it being impractical for us to
continue offering such programs.
If our institutions fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in student enrollment
and financial aid, our institutions may lose the ability to participate in Title IV programs, or have participation in these programs
conditioned or limited.
Our institutions must maintain systems and processes to identify and prevent fraudulent applications for enrollment and
financial aid. We cannot be certain that our institutions’ systems and processes will continue to be adequate in the face of increasingly
sophisticated fraud schemes, or that we will be able to expand such systems and processes at a pace consistent with the changing
nature of these fraud schemes. We believe the risk of outside parties attempting to perpetrate fraud in connection with the award and
disbursement of Title IV program funds, including as a result of identity theft, is heightened due to being an exclusively online
education provider.
The Department requires institutions that participate in Title IV Programs to refer to the Department’s Office of the Inspector
General credible information about fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs. If the systems and processes that our
institutions have established to detect and prevent fraud are inadequate, the Department may find that our institutions do not satisfy the
Department’s administrative capability requirements, which could have the adverse effects described in the risk factor captioned “A
failure to demonstrate "financial responsibility" or "administrative capability" or meet new "certification" requirements would have
negative impacts on our operations.” In addition, our ability to participate in Title IV Programs is conditioned on maintaining
35
accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the Department. Any significant failure to adequately detect fraudulent
activity related to student enrollment and financial aid could cause us to fail to meet accreditors’ standards. Furthermore, accrediting
agencies that evaluate institutions offering online programs, must require such institutions to have processes through which the
institution establishes that a student who registers for such a program is the same student who participates in and receives credit for the
program. Failure to meet the requirements of our institutions’ accrediting agencies could result in the loss of accreditation of one or
more of our institutions, which could result in their loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.
Our agreements with multiple state attorneys general and the FTC may lead to unexpected impacts on our student enrollments or
higher than anticipated expenses, a failure to comply may lead to additional enforcement actions and continued scrutiny may
result in additional costs or new enforcement actions.
As discussed above, states and other regulatory bodies have increased their focus on the for-profit postsecondary education
sector. This includes increased activity by state attorneys general and the FTC in their review of the sector. In recent years, we entered
into various agreements with state attorneys general and the FTC to bring closure to inquiries by them. See Item 1, “Business –
Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters – Other Compliance Matters” for information about these agreements.
These agreements could ultimately result in negative impacts on our business, any one of which could be material.
Pursuant to the agreement with the FTC, we agreed to various operating provisions including the operation of a system to
monitor lead aggregators and generators involving a compliance review by, or on behalf of, the Company of the various sources a
prospective student interacts with prior to the Company’s purchase and use of the prospective student lead. The compliance costs
related to these agreements may be greater than anticipated and may have a negative impact on our ability to compete effectively and
maintain and grow student enrollments at our institutions, and a failure to comply may lead to additional enforcement actions by the
state attorneys general and the FTC. In addition, we continue to receive requests from state and other regulatory bodies to provide
ongoing proof that we are complying with applicable law and regulations and meeting our contractual obligations pursuant to these
agreements. Compliance with these requests results in significant additional costs and a failure to respond, whether required or not,
could result in additional enforcement actions.
If we are unable to successfully resolve pending or future litigation and regulatory and governmental inquiries involving us, or
face increased regulatory actions or litigation, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We have been named as defendants currently and/or in the past in various lawsuits, investigations and claims covering a range
of matters, including, but not limited to, violations of the federal securities laws, breaches of fiduciary duty and claims made by
current and former students and employees of our institutions. Current claims include a qui tam action filed in federal court by an
individual plaintiff on behalf of themselves and the federal government alleging that we submitted false claims or statements to the
Department in violation of the False Claims Act. See Note 12 "Contingencies" to our consolidated financial statements for discussion
of these and certain other current matters. Additional actions may arise in the future.
Given the highly regulated nature of our industry, we and our institutions are also subject to and have regular audits, compliance
reviews, inquiries, investigations, and claims of non-compliance by the Department, federal and state regulatory agencies, accrediting
agencies, state attorney general offices, present and former students and employees, and others that may allege violations of statutes,
regulations, accreditation standards, consumer protection and other legal and regulatory requirements applicable to us or our
institutions. See Note 12 "Contingencies" to our consolidated financial statements and Item 1, "Business - Student Financial Aid and
Related Federal Regulation - Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations" for
additional discussion of these and certain other current matters. If the results of any such audits, reviews, inquiries, investigations,
claims, or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations,
loss of federal funding, injunctions, undertakings, additional oversight and reporting, or other civil or criminal penalties.
Even if we maintain compliance with applicable governmental and accrediting body regulations, increased regulatory scrutiny
or adverse publicity arising from allegations of non-compliance may increase our costs of regulatory compliance and adversely affect
our financial results, growth rates and prospects.
We are subject to a variety of other claims and litigation that arise from time to time alleging non-compliance with or violations
of state or federal regulatory matters including, but not limited to, claims involving students, graduates and employees. In the event the
extensive changes in the overall federal and state regulatory construct results in additional statutory or regulatory bases for these types
of matters, or other events result in more of such claims or unfavorable outcomes to such claims, there exists the possibility of a
material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows and results of operations for the periods in which
the effects of any such matter or matters becomes probable and reasonably estimable.
We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these and future matters and expect to continue to incur significant defense costs and
other expenses in connection with them. We may be required to pay substantial damages or settlement costs in excess of our insurance
coverage related to these matters. Government investigations and any related legal and administrative proceedings may result in the
institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings against us and/or our current or former directors, officers or
employees, or the imposition of significant fines, penalties or suspensions, or other remedies and sanctions. Any such costs and
36
expenses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and the market price of our common
stock.
We need timely approval by applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs or make substantive changes to existing
programs.
Our institutions frequently need to obtain approvals from regulatory agencies in the conduct of their business. For example, to
establish a new educational program or substantive changes to existing programs, we are required to obtain the appropriate approvals
from the Department and applicable state and accrediting regulatory agencies. Staffing levels at the Department and other regulatory
agencies and the volume of applications and other requests may delay our receipt of necessary approvals. Further, approvals may be
conditioned or denied in a manner that could significantly affect our strategic plans and future growth. Approval by these regulatory
agencies may also be negatively impacted due to regulatory inquiries or reviews and any adverse publicity relating to such matters or
the industry generally.
If our institutions become ineligible to participate in various educational assistance programs, it could have a material negative
impact on student enrollments and could have other adverse consequences.
Some students at our institutions receive education-related benefits pursuant to their employment or participation in programs
for military or veteran personnel. If any decision is made that reduces our institutions’ eligibility to participate in these employer
sponsored educational assistance programs or the programs benefitting military or veteran personnel, we could experience a material
decline in student enrollments and revenue.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our financial performance depends on the level of student enrollments in our institutions.
Enrollment of students at our institutions is impacted by many of the regulatory risks discussed above and business risks
discussed below, many of which are beyond our control. We also believe that the level of our student enrollments is affected by
changes in economic conditions, although both the nature and magnitude of this effect are uncertain and may change over time. For
example, during periods when the unemployment rate declines or remains stable, prospective students may have more employment
options, leading them to choose to work rather than to pursue postsecondary education. On the other hand, high unemployment rates
may affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education or to pursue postsecondary education in
general.
Affordability concerns and negative perception of the value of a college degree increase reluctance to take on debt and make it
more challenging for us to attract and retain students. We may experience decreasing enrollments in our institutions due to changing
demographic trends in family size, overall declines in enrollment in postsecondary institutions, job growth in fields unrelated to our
core disciplines or other societal factors. Further, we continue to make investments in and changes to our business which are designed
to improve student experiences, retention and academic outcomes and support the long-term sustainable and responsible growth of our
institutions. These initiatives may not be successful or the success of these initiatives may reduce over time.
Our student enrollments could suffer from any of these circumstances. It is likely that legislative, regulatory, and economic
uncertainties will continue, and thus it is difficult to assess our long-term growth prospects. Reduced enrollments at our institutions,
for any of the reasons mentioned or otherwise, generally reduce our profitability, which, depending on the level of the decline, could
be material.
We compete with a variety of educational institutions, especially in the online education market, and if we are unable to compete
effectively, our student enrollments and revenue could be adversely impacted.
The postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and increasingly competitive. Our institutions compete with
traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities, other for-profit institutions, other online education
providers, and alternatives to higher education, such as immediate employment and military service. Some public and private
institutions charge lower tuition for courses of study similar to those offered by our institutions due, in part, to government subsidies,
government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources not available to for-profit institutions,
and this competition may increase if additional subsidies or resources become available to those institutions. For example, a typical
community college is subsidized by local or state government and, as a result, tuition rates for associate’s degree programs may be
much lower at community colleges than at our institutions. Many states have adopted or proposed programs to enable residents to
attend community colleges for free.
Some of our competitors are more widely known and have more established reputations than our institutions. In addition, some
of our competitors are subject to fewer regulatory burdens on enrollment and financial aid processes, which may enable them to
compete more effectively for potential students. In particular, several of our publicly traded for-profit competitors have converted or
are attempting to convert to a structure where a for-profit service company provides services to a non-profit educational institution,
which reduces the impact of certain regulations on their operations, such as the 90-10 Rule and GE.
37
We also expect to experience increased competition as more postsecondary education providers increase their online program
offerings (in particular programs that are geared towards the needs of working adults), including traditional and community colleges
that had not previously offered online education programs, and increase their use of personalized learning technologies. This trend has
been accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic and companies that provide and/or manage online learning platforms for traditional
colleges and community colleges. Increased competition may create greater pricing or operating pressure on us, which could have a
material adverse effect on our institutions' enrollments, revenues and profit margins. We may also face increased competition in
maintaining and developing new corporate and other engagements with employers, particularly as employers become more selective
as to which online universities they will encourage or offer scholarships to their employees to attend and from which online
universities they will hire prospective employees.
Congress, the Department and other agencies have required increasing disclosure of information to prospective students (with
some disclosures only required by for-profit institutions), and our agreements with multiple state attorneys general require additional
disclosures that are not required by our competitors. Some of these disclosures may negatively impact a prospective student’s decision
to enroll in one of our institutions.
An increase in competition, particularly from traditional colleges with well-established reputations that rely on a history of
selective admissions, may affect the success of our recruiting efforts to enroll and retain students who are likely to succeed in our
educational programs, or cause us to reduce our tuition rates and increase our marketing and other recruiting expenses, which could
adversely impact our profitability and cash flows.
Our financial performance depends on our ability to develop awareness among, and enroll and retain, students in our institutions
and programs in a cost-effective manner.
If our institutions are unable to successfully conduct outreach for and recruit prospective students for their educational
programs, our institutions' ability to attract and enroll prospective students in those programs could be adversely affected. We have
been investing in our student admissions and advising functions and other initiatives to improve student experiences, retention and
academic outcomes. If these initiatives do not continue to succeed, our ability to attract, enroll and retain students in our programs
could be adversely affected. Further, Internet and other technology, including data gathering and marketing and advertising, is
changing fast and we may be unable to adapt our initiatives to attract, enroll and retain students in a timely manner. Consequently, our
ability to increase revenue or maintain profitability could be impaired. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully
conducting outreach and recruitment for our institutions and the programs that they offer include, but are not limited to: student or
employer dissatisfaction with our educational programs and services; diminished access to prospective students; our failure to
maintain or expand our brand names or other factors related to our marketing or advertising practices; FTC or Federal
Communications Commission restrictions on contacting prospective students, Internet, mobile phone and other advertising and
marketing media; costs and effectiveness of Internet, mobile phone and other advertising programs; and changing media preferences
of our target audiences.
We use third-party lead aggregators and generators to help us identify prospective students. The practices of some lead
aggregators and generators have been questioned by various regulatory bodies, which could lead to changes in the quality and number
of prospective student leads provided by these lead aggregators and generators as well as the cost thereof, which could in turn result in
a reduction in the number of students we enroll. Further, the highly regulated nature of the postsecondary education industry and the
resulting compliance measures undertaken by the industry are burdensome and some lead aggregators may choose not to work with us
in favor of providing their services to different industries. In addition, the number of lead aggregators and generators has reduced over
time due to consolidation in that industry, and this could exaggerate the indirect impact on us of any negative developments within
that industry or with respect to any lead aggregator or generator with which we do business.
We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire, train and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.
Our future success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers and other key personnel, as
well as on our ability to attract and retain qualified managers and our institutions' ability to attract and retain qualified faculty
members and administrators. If any of our executive officers leave the Company, it may be difficult to hire a replacement with similar
experience and skills due to the highly regulated nature of our business. The political and regulatory uncertainty facing the for-profit
postsecondary education industry may make it difficult to retain key personnel, in particular long-tenured senior officers. Loss of key
personnel in the future could impact our growth, lead to changes in or create uncertainty about our business strategies or otherwise
impact management's attention to operations.
Our success and ability to grow depends on the ability to hire, train and retain significant numbers of talented people. We face
competition from companies in postsecondary education and other industries in attracting, hiring and retaining personnel who possess
the combination of skills and experiences that we seek to implement our business strategy. In particular, our performance is dependent
upon the availability and retention of qualified personnel for our student support operations. The negative publicity surrounding our
industry sometimes makes it difficult and more expensive to attract, hire and retain qualified and experienced personnel, and the
Department’s regulations related to incentive compensation affect our ability to compensate admissions and financial aid personnel.
Our ability to effectively train our student support personnel and the length of time it takes them to become productive also impacts
38
our results of operations. In addition, as a result of the overall tightening of the labor market and the competitive world for quality
employees that emerged during the pandemic, we have had increasing difficulty in filling our open positions. This may result in
additional costs in the future as we are required to provide increased compensation in order to attract and retain qualified employees.
Regulatory changes impacting the for-profit postsecondary education sector may require us to make substantial changes to our
business and explore alternative business strategies to maintain or grow our business. If our executive officers and other key personnel
lack experience necessary to support these changes, we may be unable to timely attract the talent that we need.
Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to keep pace with changing market needs and technology.
Increasingly, prospective employers of students who graduate from our institutions demand that their new employees possess
appropriate technological skills and also appropriate “soft” skills, such as communication, critical thinking and teamwork skills. These
desired skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment, so it is important for our institutions’
educational programs to evolve in response to those economic and technological changes. Current or prospective students or the
employers of our graduates may not accept expansion of our existing programs, improved program content and the development of
new programs. Students and faculty increasingly rely on personal communication devices and expect that we will be able to adapt our
information technology platforms and our educational delivery methods to support these devices and any new technologies that may
develop. Even if our institutions are able to develop acceptable new and improved programs in a cost-effective manner, our
institutions may not be able to begin offering them as quickly as prospective students and employers would like or as quickly as our
competitors offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to regulatory or
financial constraints, rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our
revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.
Our future results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we are required to write down the carrying value of non-
financial assets and non-financial liabilities, such as goodwill.
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we review our non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, including goodwill, for
impairment on at least an annual basis through the application of fair value-based measurements. On an interim basis, we review our
assets and liabilities to determine if a triggering event had occurred that would result in it being more likely than not that the fair value
would be less than the carrying amount for any of our reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets. Some factors that
management considers when determining if a triggering event has occurred include reviewing the significant inputs to the fair value
calculation and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial
performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, industry and market conditions
as well as the most recent quantitative fair value analysis for each reporting unit and the amount of the difference between the
estimated fair value and the carrying value. We determine the fair value of our reporting units using a combination of an income
approach, based on discounted cash flow, and a market-based approach. To the extent the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its
carrying amount, we will be required to record an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income. Our estimates of fair
value are based primarily on projected future results and expected cash flows consistent with our plans to manage the underlying
businesses, including projections of newly acquired businesses. However, should we encounter unexpected economic conditions or
operational results, have unforeseen complications with integration of newly acquired businesses or need to take additional actions not
currently foreseen to comply with current and future regulations, the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of our assets,
estimates of future cash flows, revenue growth, and discount rates could be negatively impacted and could result in an impairment of
goodwill which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.
We rely on proprietary rights and intellectual property in conducting our business, which may not be adequately protected under
current laws, and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of intellectual property of third parties.
Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks,
service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We rely on service mark and trademark
protection in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to our marks as well as distinctive logos and other
marks associated with our services. These measures may not be adequate, and we cannot be certain that we have secured, or will be
able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate the
proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content despite our efforts to protect these rights. Our
management’s attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to use funds for lawsuits to protect our proprietary rights
against any infringement or violation.
We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not
prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of
that third party. Some third party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our
operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could subject us to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has
merit.
39
We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online for class discussions.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion
boards or download third-party content to personal computers. We may incur claims or liability for the unauthorized duplication or
distribution of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and could impose a strain on our financial resources
and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit.
The acquisition, integration and growth of acquired businesses may present challenges that could harm our business.
The successful integration and profitable operation of an acquired institution or business, including the realization of anticipated
cost savings and additional revenue opportunities, can present challenges, and the failure to overcome these challenges can have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Some of these challenges include:
The inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures; distraction of management’s attention from
normal business operations during the integration process; the inability to attract and/or retain key management personnel to operate
the acquired entity; the inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, regulatory or other approvals necessary to operate the business; the
inability to correctly estimate the size of a target market or accurately assess market dynamics; expenses associated with the
integration efforts; and unidentified issues not discovered in the due diligence process, including legal contingencies.
An acquisition related to an institution or other educational business often requires various regulatory approvals. If we are
unable to obtain such approvals, or we obtain them on unfavorable terms, our ability to consummate a transaction may be impaired or
we may be unable to operate the acquired entity in a manner that is favorable to us. If we fail to properly evaluate an acquisition, we
may be required to incur costs in excess of what we anticipated, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of such acquisition.
Risks Related to Our Business Technology Infrastructure
If we, our third-party vendors, our regulators or any other quasi-governmental organization we are required to report information
to are subject to cyberattacks, data breaches or other security incidents, or if there is a disruption or failure of our information
technology systems or software, such events could expose us to liability and could adversely affect our financial condition and
operating results.
As part of our business, we collect, process, use, and store sensitive data and certain personal information from our students and
employees. We also utilize third-party vendors and provide information about our students and employees to governmental and quasi-
governmental external agencies to satisfy different legal and regulatory requirements and use electronic payment methods to process
and store some of this information, including credit card information. Our business relies on information technology networks and
systems to store this data, process financial and personal information, manage a variety of business processes, and comply with
regulatory, legal and tax requirements. Additionally, we maintain other confidential, proprietary or otherwise sensitive information
relating to our business and from third parties.
The information technology networks and systems owned, operated, controlled or used by us, our third-party vendors or other
external agencies may be vulnerable to damage, disruptions or shutdowns, software or hardware vulnerabilities, data breaches,
security incidents, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software or databases or components thereof, power outages,
natural disasters, hardware failures, attacks by computer hackers, telecommunication failures, user errors, user malfeasance, computer
viruses, unauthorized access, phishing or social engineering attacks, ransomware attacks, distributed denial-of-service attacks, brute
force attacks, robocalls and other real or perceived cyberattacks or catastrophic events, all of which may not be prevented by our
efforts to secure our networks and systems. Security incidents can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional
or inadvertent actions by our employees, our third-party vendors, external agencies or their personnel, or other parties. Security
incidents are becoming increasingly prevalent and severe, as well as increasingly difficult to detect. Any of these incidents could lead
to interruptions or shutdowns of our platforms, disruptions in our ability to process service requests, record or analyze the use of our
services, loss or corruption of data, or unauthorized access to, or acquisition of, personal information or other sensitive information,
such as our intellectual property. We maintain policies and practices and operational safeguards, measures and controls aimed at
reducing our cyber risk, protecting and recovering our data and ensuring business continuity, which include reasonable efforts to
ensure that our third-party vendors maintain reasonable security, including encryption and authentication technology, and will notify
us promptly if a security incident occurs. However, none of our or our vendors’ or external agencies’ security measures can provide
absolute security. Advances in computer capabilities, increasingly sophisticated tools and methods used by hackers and cyber
terrorists, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in our failure or inability, or the failure or
inability of our vendors or external agencies, to adequately protect personal or other sensitive information, and there can be no
assurance that we, our vendors or external agencies will not suffer a cyberattack, that hackers or other unauthorized parties will not
gain access to or exfiltrate personal information or other sensitive data or that any such data compromise or unauthorized access will
be discovered in a timely fashion.
Like many businesses, we, our third-party vendors and external agencies have in the past and will in the future continue to be
subject to cyberattacks, cybersecurity threats and attempts to compromise and penetrate our data security and systems and disrupt our
services. Regular patching of each of our respective computer systems and frequent updates to our virus detection and prevention
40
software with the latest virus and malware signatures may not catch newly introduced malware, ransomware, viruses or “zero-day”
viruses prior to their infecting our, our third-party vendors and/or external agencies’ computer systems or networks. Future
cyberattacks against us, our third-party vendors or external agencies could lead to operational disruptions that could have an adverse
effect on our ability to provide services to clients and customers and on our results of operations and financial results. Any general
decline in Internet use for any reason, including security or privacy concerns, cost of Internet service or changes in government
regulation, could result in less demand for online educational services and inhibit growth in our online programs.
Failure of our systems to operate effectively or a compromise in the security of our systems, or the systems of our affiliates or
other third parties, that results in unauthorized persons or entities obtaining personal information or other sensitive information could
materially and adversely affect our reputation, operations, operating results and financial condition. Actual or anticipated cyberattacks
may cause us to incur costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees, pay higher
insurance premiums and engage third-party specialists for additional services. Breaches in our data security or that of our affiliates or
other third parties could expose us to risks of data loss, inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, potential
claims, investigations, regulatory proceedings, litigation penalties and liability, could impede our processing of transactions and our
financial reporting and could result in a disruption of our operations. In addition, we may incur other substantial costs in connection
with remediating and otherwise responding to any data security incident, including potential liability for stolen client, student or
employee data, repairing system damage, or providing credit monitoring or other benefits to clients, students or employees affected by
the incident. Additionally, if we, our third-party service providers or external agencies experience security incidents that result in a
decline in performance of necessary services, availability problems or the loss, corruption of, unauthorized access to or disclosure of
personal data or confidential information, people may become unwilling to provide us the information necessary to receive our
services, and our reputation and market position could be harmed. Existing students may also decrease their use of our services or
cease using our services altogether. The impact of these security threats, incidents and other disruptions are difficult to predict. Our
insurance coverage for such security threats, incidents and other disruptions may not be adequate to cover all related costs, and we
may not otherwise be fully indemnified for them. This may result in an increase in our costs for insurance or insurance not being
available to us on economically feasible terms or at all. Insurers may also deny us coverage as to any future claim. Any of these results
could harm our growth prospects, financial condition, business and reputation.
The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss which could adversely affect our reputation,
operations and ability to attract and retain students.
In the ordinary course of our business, we maintain on our network systems, on the networks of our third-party providers, and
have reported to external agencies certain information that is confidential, proprietary, personal (such as student information), or
otherwise sensitive in nature, including financial information and confidential business information. Our computer networks, those of
our vendors that manage confidential information for us or provide services to our students or us and those of external agencies can be
accessed globally through the internet and are vulnerable to unauthorized access, inadvertent access or display, theft or misuse,
hackers, installation of ransomware and malware and computer viruses, during regular use and in connection with hardware and
software upgrades and changes. These attacks have become more prevalent and sophisticated. Unauthorized access, misuse, theft or
hacks can evade our intrusion detection and prevention precautions without alerting us to the breach or loss for some period of time or
may never be detected. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate confidential or proprietary information or
personal information about our students or employees, cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations or commit fraud. We have
experienced malware and virus attacks on our systems which went undetected by our virus detection and prevention software.
The FTC passed an amendment to the Safeguards Rule under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("GLBA"), effective on June 9,
2023, that updated data security requirements for financial institutions, including all Title IV institutions of higher education. The
Department has increased enforcement authority by requiring auditors to verify an institution’s compliance with components of the
Safeguards Rule. If the Department determines that an institution has not implemented a compliant information security program with
the required elements by December 31, 2023, the institution would receive an audit finding and must submit a corrective action plan.
Failure to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements may result in FTC enforcement, which could include the imposition of
conditions, penalties, monitoring and oversight.
In addition to being subject to privacy and information security laws and regulations in the U.S., because our services can be
accessed globally via the Internet, we may also be subject to privacy laws in countries outside the U.S. from which students access our
services, which laws may constrain the way we market and provide our services. Any breach of student or employee privacy or errors
in storing, using or transmitting personal information could violate privacy laws and regulations resulting in fines or other penalties.
The adoption of new or modified state or federal data or cybersecurity legislation could increase our costs and require changes in our
operating procedures or systems. An example of this is the California Consumer Privacy Act which became effective January 1, 2020.
The reliability of our program infrastructure and mechanisms to protect the personal information of our students is critical to our
operations, reputation and ability to attract and retain students. A breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us, our vendors
or an external agency, or a violation of the laws and regulations governing privacy, could have a material adverse effect on our
reputation and ability to attract and retain students, or result in lawsuits, additional regulation, remediation and compliance costs or
investments in additional security systems to protect our computer networks, the costs of which may be substantial.
41
Our remote work environment may exacerbate the risks related to our business technology infrastructure.
Almost all of our employees work remotely, as do a number of our third-party service vendors. This remote work environment
may exacerbate certain risks to our business, including increasing the stress on, and our vulnerability to disruptions of, our technology
infrastructure and systems and the risks of phishing and other cybersecurity attacks, unauthorized dissemination of confidential
information and social engineering attempts. If a natural disaster, power outage, connectivity issue or other event occurs that impacts
the ability of employees to work remotely, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a
period of time, which could be substantial.
Risk Related to Our Common Stock
The trading price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future, and as a result returns on an
investment in our common stock may be volatile.
The trading price of our common stock has previously and may continue to fluctuate significantly as a result of a number of
factors, some of which are not in our control. These factors include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the actual, anticipated or perceived impact of changes in the political environment or government policies;
the outcomes and impacts on our business of the Department’s rulemakings, and other changes in the legal or regulatory
environment in which we operate;
negative media coverage of the for-profit education industry;
general economic conditions or conditions in the postsecondary education field, including declining enrollments;
the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews, regulatory reviews, inquiries and investigations, and
any related adverse publicity;
failure of certain of our institutions or programs to maintain compliance under the 90-10 Rule or other regulatory standards;
our ability to meet or exceed, or changes in, expectations of analysts or investors, or the extent of analyst coverage of our
company;
any reduction or elimination of dividends;
decisions by any significant investors to reduce their investment in us;
quarterly variations in our operating results, which sometimes occur due to the academic calendar and significant expense
items that do not regularly occur;
loss of key personnel; and
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, which may cause the market price for our common stock to
fluctuate significantly more than the market as a whole.
Changes in the trading price of our common stock may occur without regard to our operating performance, and the price of our
common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company. Further, the trading volume of
our common stock is relatively low, which may cause our stock price to react more to the above and other factors. The fluctuations in
the trading price of our common stock may impact an investor’s ability to sell their shares at a desired time or at a price considered
satisfactory, including at or above the price at which the investor acquired them.
You may not receive the level of dividends previously provided under the dividend policy our Board of Directors has adopted, or
any dividends at all.
We declared our first quarterly cash dividend in the third quarter of 2023 and have paid a quarterly dividend since then.
However, we are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock. Despite our history of paying dividends, the declaration and
payment of all future dividends to holders of our common stock are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may
amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason, including earnings and cash flows, capital spending
plans, financial conditions and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The terms of our indebtedness and any
limitations imposed by regulatory authorities, among other factors, may also restrict us from paying cash dividends on our common
stock under certain circumstances.
Over time, our capital and other cash needs may change significantly from our current needs, which could affect whether we pay
dividends and the level of any dividends we may pay in the future. Accordingly, you may not receive dividends in the previously
issued amounts, or at all. Any reduction or elimination of dividends may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
42
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
The Company recognizes the critical importance of assessing, identifying and managing material risks associated with
cybersecurity threats, as well as developing, implementing and maintaining effective cybersecurity measures to safeguard our
information systems and protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our data. We focus significant resources on protecting
our technology infrastructure and the personal information therein regarding applicants, our students, their families, our alumni and
our employees. Our principal cybersecurity risks include, among other things, operational risks; intellectual property theft; fraud;
extortion; harm to employees or customers; violation of privacy or security laws and other litigation and legal risk; and reputational
risks.
The Board of Directors, as a whole, oversees the Company’s risk management through both the Company’s enterprise risk
management program and the internal audit function. To identify and assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, our enterprise
risk management program considers cybersecurity threat risks alongside other Company risks as part of our overall risk assessment
process.
The Board has delegated oversight of the Company’s management of cybersecurity risk to the Compliance and Risk Committee
(the “Committee”). Directors with experience in cybersecurity are appointed to this Committee to assist in developing strategies and
processes for protecting against, responding to, and remediating information security breaches. Those directors are Dennis
Chookaszian, Patrick Gross and Leslie Thornton. The Committee reviews information security matters quarterly. In addition, the full
Board regularly receives updates on cybersecurity matters from our Chief Information Officer, David C. Czeszewski, at each board
meeting. The Chief Information Officer reports on, among other things, our cyber risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen
our information security systems, an assessment of the information security program, and the emerging threat landscape. Mr.
Czeszewski has a Bachelor of Arts degree in business and computer studies and a Master in Business Administration. He has worked
in the technology field since 1986, joined the Company in 2001, and has been its Chief Information Officer since 2013.
The Company also has a long-standing management-led Risk Committee (the “Risk Committee”) which is currently comprised
of the President and Chief Executive Officer (who serves as the chair), Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance
Officer, Chief Internal Auditor, Risk & Insurance Program Manager, Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University
System, Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical University, Chief Information Officer and Vice President - Human Resources.
The Risk Committee reviews enterprise-wide, business-unit specific and other discrete topic risk surveys and assessments, including
cybersecurity risk. The Risk Committee reports identified cybersecurity risks, risk assessment and mitigation processes, effectiveness
of risk management and related matters to the Committee.
We also have a cybersecurity specific risk assessment process, which helps identify our cybersecurity threat risks by comparing
our processes to standards set by the Center for Internet Security (“CIS”). As part of these efforts to assess and mitigate the risks posed
by cybersecurity incidents and cyber-attacks, we employ a range of tools and services, including regular network and endpoint
monitoring, vulnerability assessments, penetration testing, and tabletop exercises to help inform our cybersecurity risk identification
and assessment. We also maintain an information security policy, which addresses privacy of student records under the Family
Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (“FERPA”), and require annual information technology security awareness training by
employees. We also maintain a cybersecurity risk insurance policy as an additional element of our risk mitigation strategy.
We engage third-party experts to review our cybersecurity program to help identify areas for continued focus, improvement
and/or compliance. These third-party experts perform periodic cyber assessments, including security assessments using the CIS
Controls cybersecurity framework. Our processes address cybersecurity threat risks associated with our use of these third-party service
providers, including those in our supply chain or who have access to our customer and employee data or our systems. Third-party risks
are included within our enterprise risk management assessment program, as well as our cybersecurity-specific risk identification
program, both of which are discussed above. In addition, cybersecurity considerations affect the selection and oversight of our third
party service providers. We perform diligence on third parties that have access to our systems, data or facilities that house such
systems or data, and continually monitor cybersecurity threat risks identified through such diligence. Additionally, we generally
require those third parties that could introduce significant cybersecurity risks to us to agree by contract to manage their cybersecurity
risks in specified ways, and to agree to be subject to cybersecurity audits, which we conduct as appropriate.
We describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats have materially affected or are reasonably likely to
materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, under the headings “If we, our third-
party vendors, our regulators or any other quasi-governmental organization we are required to report information to are subject to
cyberattacks, data breaches or other security incidents, or if there is a disruption or failure of our information technology systems or
software, such events could expose us to liability and could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results,” “The
personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss which could adversely affect our reputation, operations
and ability to attract and retain students,” and “Our remote work environment may exacerbate the risks related to our business
technology infrastructure,” included as part of our risk factor disclosures within Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We
have not encountered risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents in the last three
43
fiscal years, which have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, including our business strategy,
results of operations, or financial condition, and the expense we have incurred from cybersecurity incidents were immaterial.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our ground-based campuses located in Georgia (AIUS), Texas (AIUS) and Colorado (CTU) generally consist of teaching
facilities, including classrooms and laboratories, and administrative offices. Additionally, we have administrative facilities located in
the areas of Chicago, Illinois and Phoenix, Arizona, which are used for our universities and corporate functions.
We have transitioned our workforce to a primarily remote work environment, supported by our scalable and innovative
technology infrastructure and we continue to look for ways to optimize our lease portfolio.
All of our campus and administrative facilities are leased except one in Houston, Texas. As of December 31, 2023, we leased
approximately 0.4 million square feet under lease agreements that have remaining terms ranging from less than one year through
2032. The facility in Houston, Texas, is used by AIUS and is less than 0.1 million square feet of real property.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
See Note 12 “Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
44
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “PRDO”.
The closing price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq on February 16, 2024 was $17.52 per share. As of February
16, 2024, there were approximately 101 holders of record of our common stock, including The Depository Trust Company, which
holds shares of our common stock on behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial owners.
Our common stock transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. They can be contacted at P.O. Box#
43078, Providence, RI 02940-3078 or at their website www.computershare.com/investor.
During 2023, the Company announced that its Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy. Pursuant to this policy, the Board
of Directors intends to pay quarterly dividends, with the inaugural dividend paid on September 15, 2023 for holders of record of
common stock as of September 1, 2023. The declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock are subject to the discretion
of our Board of Directors. Any decision to pay future cash dividends will be made by the Board of Directors and depend on the
Company’s available retained earnings, financial condition, the impact of changing laws and regulations, economic conditions,
general business conditions, capital spending plans, the anticipated effect of a dividend payment on our financial condition, and other
factors the Board of Directors may consider relevant. In addition to quarterly dividends, the Company reinvests earnings in our
operations to promote future growth and, from time to time, executes repurchases of shares of our common stock under the stock
repurchase program discussed below. The repurchase of shares of our common stock reduces the amount of cash available to pay cash
dividends to our common stockholders. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is also limited under the
terms of our existing credit agreement. As of December 31, 2023, we are in compliance with the covenants of our credit agreement.
On January 27, 2022, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million
which commenced March 1, 2022 and originally expired on September 30, 2023. On July 27, 2023, the Board of Directors of the
Company extended the expiration date of the program to September 30, 2024. The other terms of the new stock repurchase program
are consistent with the Company’s prior stock repurchase program which expired on February 28, 2022.
During 2023, we repurchased 0.5 million shares of our common stock for approximately $8.3 million at an average price of
$15.38 per share under the Company’s current stock repurchase program. The timing of purchases and the number of shares
repurchased under the program are determined by the Company’s management and depend on a variety of factors, including stock
price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory
requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in
accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1
under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing
so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may,
in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, without any prior notice. As of December 31, 2023,
approximately $18.5 million was available under the stock repurchase program.
On February 20, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million
which commences on March 1, 2024 (the “2024 Repurchase Program”). The 2024 Repurchase Program expires on September 30,
2025 and replaces and terminates the existing stock repurchase program that was originally set to expire on September 30, 2024. The
other terms of the new stock repurchase program are consistent with the Company’s prior stock repurchase program.
The Board of Directors approved the aforementioned stock repurchase programs believing it advantageous to the Company and
its stockholders to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at prices below what the Board of Directors
believed to be the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock.
45
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period
December 31, 2022
January 1, 2023 - January 31, 2023
February 1, 2023 - February 28, 2023
March 1, 2023 - March 31, 2023
April 1, 2023 - April 30, 2023
May 1, 2023 - May 31, 2023
June 1, 2023 - June 30, 2023 (3)
July 1, 2023 - July 31, 2023
August 1, 2023 - August 31, 2023
September 1, 2023 - September 30, 2023
October 1, 2023 - October 31, 2023
November 1, 2023 - November 30, 2023
December 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023
Total
Total Number of
Shares
Purchased (1)
Average Price
Paid per Share
$
-
-
225,154
-
161,074
1,800,000
-
-
-
-
318,832
-
2,505,060
-
-
13.43
-
11.88
12.27
-
-
-
-
17.48
-
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
Maximum
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs (2)
$
26,840,200
26,840,200
26,840,200
26,023,778
26,023,778
24,107,027
24,107,027
24,107,027
24,107,027
24,107,027
24,107,027
18,528,794
18,528,794
-
-
59,920
-
161,074
-
-
-
-
-
318,832
-
539,826
(1)
Includes 165,234 shares delivered back to the Company for payment of withholding taxes from employees for vesting restricted
stock units pursuant to the terms of the Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation
Plan.
(2) On January 27, 2022 the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million (the
"2022 Repurchase Program") which commenced on March 1, 2022 and originally expired on September 30, 2023. On July 27,
2023, the Board of Directors of the Company extended the expiration date of the program to September 30, 2024. The 2022
Repurchase Program expired following the commencement of the 2024 Repurchase Program. Amounts relating to the 2024
Repurchase Program, if any, are not included in this chart because the program was approved after December 31, 2023.
(3) On June 30, 2023, the Company entered into a non-cash asset purchase agreement with Le Cordon Bleu International B.V.
("LCBI"), a company incorporated in The Netherlands, to sell the Company’s outright rights to the Le Cordon Bleu ("LCB")
brand, trade names and rights for North America in exchange for 1.8 million outstanding shares of the Company’s common
stock. The fair value of the 1.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock repurchased was approximately $22.1 million.
These shares were not repurchased under the 2022 Repurchase Program.
See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” for
information as of December 31, 2023, with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing share-based
compensation plans.
The graph below shows a comparison of cumulative total returns for Perdoceo, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and an index of
peer companies selected by Perdoceo. The companies in the peer index are weighted according to their market capitalization as of the
end of each period for which a return is indicated. Included in the peer index are the following companies whose primary business is
postsecondary education: Adtalem Global Education Inc., American Public Education, Inc., Grand Canyon Education, Inc., Laureate
Education, Inc., and Strategic Education, Inc. The performance graph begins with Perdoceo’s $11.42 per share closing price on
December 31, 2018.
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN
(Based on $100 invested on December 31, 2018 and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends.)
46
The information contained in the performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor shall such information be deemed incorporated by reference into any future filing under the
Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as both are amended from time to time, except to the extent
specifically incorporated by reference into such filing.
ITEM 6. Reserved
47
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The discussion below contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance and
business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. We
have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “may,”
“should,” ”will,” “continue to,” “focused on” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying
forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to various risks,
uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in Part I of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance,
business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly
required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of
the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other
reason.
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to
Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “institution” and “university” refer to an individual,
branded, for-profit educational institution, owned by us and including its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an
individual main or branch campus operated by one of our institutions.
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be
read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K. The MD&A is intended to help investors understand the results of operations, financial condition and present
business environment. The MD&A is organized as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
Overview
Consolidated Results of Operations
Segment Results of Operations
Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Liquidity, Financial Position and Capital Resources
OVERVIEW
Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education primarily online to a diverse student
population, along with campus-based and blended learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical
University (“CTU”) and the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) – provide degree programs from
the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional development programs. Our academic institutions
offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy
adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing personalized learning technologies like their
intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve and educate students while enhancing overall learning
and academic experiences. Perdoceo's institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners
who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.
Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and
makes decisions. Each segment represents a postsecondary education provider that offers a variety of academic programs. We
organize our business across two reporting segments: CTU and AIUS.
See Note 18 “Segment Reporting” for a description of each of our current reporting segments along with revenues, operating
income and total assets by reporting segment.
Regulatory Environment and Political Uncertainty
We operate in a highly regulated industry, which has significant impacts on our business and creates risks and uncertainties. In
recent years, Congress, the Department, states, accrediting agencies, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Federal Trade
Commission, state attorneys general, consumer advocacy groups and the media have all scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary
education sector. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were held regarding various aspects of the education industry,
including issues surrounding student debt as well as publicly reported student outcomes that may be used as part of an institution’s
recruiting and admissions practices, and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. A group of
influential U.S. senators, consumer advocacy groups and some media outlets have strongly and repeatedly encouraged the
48
Department, the Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs and its state approving agencies to take action to limit
or terminate the participation of institutions such as ours in existing tuition assistance programs. In several cases, these groups have
received significant financial support from third parties critical of our sector and have aligned on messaging that negatively impacts
our sector during policy and rulemaking discussions. In addition, the current administration has made student loan forgiveness one of
its top domestic policy objectives, and it has been aggressively pursued by the Department in cooperation with special interest groups,
other federal agencies, state attorneys general and others. These groups collectively have focused efforts relating to student debt
forgiveness on for-profit colleges and universities, encouraging loan discharge applications and complaints by former students.
We continue to see one of the most challenging operating environments in recent memory as the Department has undertaken a
complete overhaul of almost all of the major regulatory requirements associated with our participation in Title IV Programs and which
disproportionally negatively impact the for-profit postsecondary education sector. Additionally, a number of the Department’s
regulatory initiatives are explicitly targeted at negatively impacting the proprietary sector of education. In many cases the new
regulatory requirements are unclear, require further clarification as to their interpretation or applicability or are subject or will be
subject to legal challenges. We expect to continue to need to operate nimbly in this uncertain environment, making necessary changes
to the extent possible to comply with the myriad of new vague or unclear rules or interpretations as well as new interpretations of
existing rules. For example, in 2023, we materially reduced prospective student enrollment, marketing and outreach processes at AIUS
during the year to limit the volume of new federal funding that the institution would receive and to preserve available funding for
existing students under the Department’s new 90-10 Rule. Any actions that limit our participation in Title IV Programs or the amount
of student financial aid for which our students are eligible would materially impact our student enrollments and profitability and could
impact the continued viability of our business as currently conducted.
We encourage you to review Item 1, “Business,” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to learn more about our highly regulated industry
and related risks and uncertainties.
Note Regarding Non-GAAP measures
We believe it is useful to present non-GAAP financial measures which exclude certain significant and non-cash items as a
means to understand the performance of our core business. As a general matter, we use non-GAAP financial measures in conjunction
with results presented in accordance with GAAP to help analyze the performance of our core business, assist with preparing the
annual operating plan, and measure performance for some forms of compensation. In addition, we believe that non-GAAP financial
information is used by analysts and others in the investment community to analyze our historical results and to provide estimates of
future performance.
We believe certain non-GAAP measures allow us to compare our current operating results with respective historical periods and
with the operational performance of other companies in our industry because it does not give effect to potential differences caused by
items we do not consider reflective of underlying operating performance. We believe the items we are adjusting for are not normal
operating expenses reflective of our underlying business. In evaluating the use of non-GAAP measures, investors should be aware that
in the future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments presented below. Our presentation of non-GAAP measures should not
be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by expenses that are unusual, non-routine or non-recurring. A
non-GAAP measure has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for net income,
operating income, earnings per diluted share, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with and reported under GAAP
or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.
Non-GAAP financial measures, when viewed in a reconciliation to respective GAAP financial measures, provide an additional
way of viewing the Company's results of operations and the factors and trends affecting the Company's business. Non-GAAP financial
measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, the respective financial results presented
in accordance with GAAP.
2023 Review
During the year ended December 31, 2023 ("current year"), we continued to focus on our key objectives of enhancing student
experiences, retention and academic outcomes. We made further improvements to student-support operations, that we believe have
further enabled us to serve and educate our students in an effective and efficient manner. We remained committed to operational
excellence, enabling our faculty and student support teams to focus on delivering quality education to our students. We experienced
strong improvements in student retention and engagement at both CTU and AIUS during 2023 as compared to 2022 as a result of
these efforts.
Total student enrollments decreased 12.0% at December 31, 2023 as compared to December 31, 2022, with CTU’s increase of
3.2% being more than offset with AIUS’ decrease of 39.3%. CTU's increase in total student enrollments was primarily driven by
organic enrollment growth due to improvements in student retention and engagement. The total student enrollment decrease at AIUS
was expected as a result of the operational changes made within prospective student enrollment, marketing and outreach processes by
AIUS earlier in 2023 to address regulatory changes which went into effect in July of 2023. AIUS has mostly reverted to normalized
levels of operations during the fourth quarter of 2023.
49
During 2023, we continued to place emphasis on investing in and utilizing technology to elevate the academic experiences of
our students and improve the efficiency and effectiveness of our institutions’ diverse student support functions, including investments
towards enhancing student tools, the student portal and the overall classroom experience at our institutions. We are also actively
exploring the integration of generative AI into our institutions’ various student processes. We continue to view technology as a
catalyst and differentiator for us and remain committed to making selective investments that deliver a more meaningful and relevant
educational experience for our learners. Additionally, our institutions’ corporate engagement programs remained a focus and they
continued to make investments in staff and technology to further grow their programs in an effective and efficient manner. Lastly,
with the support of data analytics, we continue to adjust our marketing strategies to further improve our focus on identifying
prospective students who are more likely to succeed at one of our universities, as well as comply with updated expectations from
various federal agencies around prospective student outreach.
We expect the strong levels of student retention and engagement that we experienced in 2023 to continue into 2024.
Additionally, as AIUS has mostly reverted to normalized levels of operations in the fourth quarter of 2023, we expect AIUS to
experience double digit total student enrollment growth during 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. Full year revenue is expected
to be lower for 2024 primarily as a result of the academic calendar redesign at CTU which will result in lower revenue-earning days in
2024 as well as the lag impact on revenue of lower beginning total student enrollments at AIUS. Management expects to optimize
operating expenses for 2024 to mostly offset this expected decline in revenue.
Financial Highlights
Revenue for the current year increased by 2.1% or $14.8 million as compared to the prior year, resulting from an increase in
revenue for CTU of 11.8% or $49.3 million partially offset with a decrease for AIUS of 12.5% or $34.2 million. The increase in
revenue for the current year was driven by organic enrollment growth at CTU as well as a positive impact of the academic calendar
redesign at CTU, which resulted in more revenue-earning days during 2023 as compared to 2022. CTU’s academic calendar redesign
may impact the comparability of revenue-earning days and enrollment results in any given quarter, with the impact on revenue and
total student enrollments not necessarily having the same magnitude or directional impact. Additionally, revenue was positively
impacted by the acquisitions completed in 2022 that were not part of the full comparative prior year period. The decrease within AIUS
was driven by the operational changes discussed above which impacted student enrollment growth during the year and accordingly
revenue.
Operating income for the current year increased to $150.4 million as compared to operating income of $129.6 million in the
prior year. The increase in operating income for the current year was primarily due to lower marketing and admissions expenses in the
current year driven by the operational changes made within AIUS, as well as the revenue growth for 2023 as compared to 2022.
The Company believes it is useful to present non-GAAP financial measures, which exclude certain significant and non-cash
items, as a means to understand the performance of its operations. (See tables below for a GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation.)
Adjusted operating income was $174.9 million for the current year as compared to $164.0 million in the prior year.
Adjusted operating income for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 is presented below (dollars in thousands, unless
otherwise noted):
Adjusted Operating Income
Operating income
Depreciation and amortization (1)
Legal fee expense related to certain matters (2)
Adjusted Operating Income
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share
Reported Earnings Per Diluted Share
Pre-tax adjustments included in operating expenses:
Amortization for acquired intangible assets (1)
Legal fee expense related to certain matters (2)
Gain on sale of intangible assets (3)
Total pre-tax adjustments
Tax effect of adjustments (4)
Total adjustments after tax
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share
___________________________
50
For the Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
150,446
16,887
7,579
174,912
$
$
129,637
19,734
14,597
163,968
For the Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2.18
$
0.11
0.11
(0.32)
(0.10)
0.02
(0.08)
2.10
$
1.39
0.11
0.21
-
0.32
(0.08)
0.24
1.63
$
$
$
$
(1) Amortization relates to definite-lived intangible assets associated with acquisitions.
(2)
Legal fee expense associated with (i) responses to the Department relating to borrower defense to repayment applications from
former students, and (ii) acquisition efforts.
(3) Non-cash gain associated with the sale of the LCB tradename in exchange for outstanding shares of Perdoceo's stock.
(4)
The tax effect of adjustments was calculated by multiplying the pre-tax adjustments with a tax rate of 25%. This tax rate is
intended to reflect federal and state taxable jurisdictions as well as the nature of the adjustments.
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The summary of selected financial data table below should be referenced in connection with a review of the following
discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (dollars in thousands), including comparisons
of our year-over-year performance between these years. Please refer to Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 for a discussion of
our results for the year ended December 31, 2021, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2022 financial performance to
2021.
TOTAL REVENUE
OPERATING EXPENSES
Educational services and facilities (1)
General and administrative (2):
Advertising and marketing
Admissions
Administrative
Bad debt
Total general and administrative expense
Depreciation and amortization
Asset impairment
OPERATING INCOME
PRETAX INCOME
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
Effective tax rate
NET INCOME
_______________
(1)
For the Year Ended December 31,
% of
Total
Revenue
2023
$ 710,004
2022
$ 695,208
% of
Total
Revenue
2021
$ 693,034
% of
Total
Revenue
130,324
18.4%
116,723
16.8%
108,743
15.7%
102,588
91,359
170,922
33,215
398,084
16,887
14,263
150,446
192,121
44,469
14.4%
12.9%
24.1%
4.7%
56.1%
2.4%
2.0%
21.2%
27.1%
6.3%
126,843
93,810
163,893
41,574
426,120
19,734
2,994
129,637
134,269
38,402
18.2%
13.5%
23.6%
6.0%
61.3%
2.8%
0.4%
18.6%
19.3%
5.5%
137,228
96,403
140,529
44,349
418,509
16,766
-
149,016
149,067
39,430
23.1%
28.6%
26.4%
19.8%
13.9%
20.3%
6.4%
60.4%
2.4%
0.0%
21.5%
21.5%
5.7%
$ 147,652
20.8% $
95,867
13.8% $ 109,637
15.8%
Educational services and facilities expense includes costs attributable to the educational activities of our campuses, including:
salaries and benefits of faculty, academic administrators and student support personnel, and costs of educational supplies and
facilities, such as rents on leased facilities. Also included in educational services and facilities expense are rents on leased
administrative facilities, such as our corporate headquarters, and costs of other goods and services provided by our campuses,
including costs of textbooks and laptop computers.
(2) General and administrative expense includes operating expenses associated with, including salaries and benefits of personnel in,
corporate and campus administration, marketing, admissions, information technology, financial aid, accounting, human
resources, legal and compliance. Other expenses within this expense category include costs of advertising and production of
marketing materials and bad debt expense.
Year Ended December 31, 2023 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2022
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 ("current year") increased 2.1%, or $14.8 million, driven by growth in revenue
within CTU which was partially offset with a decrease in revenue for AIUS as compared to the prior year. The increase in revenue at
CTU was driven by organic student enrollment growth, a positive impact from the academic calendar redesign and the 2022
acquisition that was not part of the full comparative prior year period. The decrease in revenue at AIUS was driven by the operational
changes discussed above within "2023 Review" which impacted student enrollment growth during the year and accordingly revenue.
51
Educational Services and Facilities Expense (dollars in thousands)
Educational services and facilities:
Academics & student related
Occupancy
Total educational services and facilities
For the Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
2023 vs
2022 %
Change
2022 vs
2021 %
Change
$
$
120,023
10,301
130,324
$
$
99,410
17,313
116,723
$
$
91,426
17,317
108,743
20.7%
-40.5%
11.7%
8.7%
0.0%
7.3%
Educational services and facilities expense for the current year increased by 11.7% or $13.6 million as compared to the prior
year, driven by academic and student related expense primarily related to the 2022 acquisitions, which were not a part of the full
comparative prior year period. Partially offsetting the current year increase in academic and student related costs was a decrease in
occupancy expense of 40.5% or $7.0 million as compared to the prior year driven by the optimization of leased space related to our
corporate headquarters.
General and Administrative Expense (dollars in thousands)
General and administrative:
Advertising and marketing
Admissions
Administrative
Bad Debt
Total general and administrative expense
For the Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
2023 vs
2022 %
Change
2022 vs
2021 %
Change
$
$
102,588
91,359
170,922
33,215
398,084
$
$
126,843
93,810
163,893
41,574
426,120
$
$
137,228
96,403
140,529
44,349
418,509
-19.1%
-2.6%
4.3%
-20.1%
-6.6%
-7.6%
-2.7%
16.6%
-6.3%
1.8%
The general and administrative expense for the current year decreased by 6.6% or $28.0 million as compared to the prior year.
The decrease was primarily driven by lower advertising and marketing, admissions and bad debt expenses, which was partially offset
by an increase in administrative expense.
The advertising and marketing expense for the current year decreased by 19.1% or $24.3 million as compared to the prior year,
primarily driven by short-term operational changes made within AIUS during the current year as well as adjustments made to our
process around generating prospective student inquiries in order to comply with updated expectations from various federal agencies
around prospective student outreach.
Admissions expense decreased by 2.6% or $2.5 million as compared to the prior year primarily due to decreased expenses
within AIUS as a result of short-term operational changes made during the current year. This improvement was partially offset with
increased admissions expenses related to the 2022 acquisitions, which have a full period of expense in the current year as compared to
a partial period of expense in the prior year.
Administrative expense for the current year increased by 4.3% or $7.0 million as compared to the prior year, primarily due to
the 2022 acquisitions, which have a full period of expense in the current year as compared to a partial period of expense in the prior
year.
Bad debt expense incurred by each of our segments during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was as follows
(dollars in thousands):
Bad debt expense by segment:
CTU
AIUS
Corporate and Other
Total bad debt expense
2023
$ 20,223
13,008
(16)
$ 33,215
For the Year Ended December 31,
% of
Segment
Revenue
% of
Segment
Revenue
2022
% of
Segment
Revenue
2021
2023 vs 2022
% Change
2022 vs 2021
% Change
4.3% $ 21,640
5.4% 19,971
NM
(37)
4.7% $ 41,574
5.2% $ 20,150
7.3% 24,249
NM
(50)
6.0% $ 44,349
4.9%
8.6%
NM
6.4%
-6.5%
-34.9%
NM
-20.1%
7.4%
-17.6%
NM
-6.3%
52
Bad debt expense decreased by 20.1% or $8.4 million for the current year as compared to the prior year. Total bad debt expense
as a percentage of revenue also improved for the current year by 1.3% as compared to the prior year. AIUS' and CTU's bad debt
expense for the current year improved by 34.9% or $7.0 million and 6.5% or $1.4 million, respectively, as compared to the prior year.
Our student support teams have maintained their focus on financial aid documentation collection and are counseling students
through the Title IV financial aid process so that they are better prepared to start school. Additionally, various federal aid initiatives,
some of which are temporary, simplified the process for students to receive the financial support needed to continue their education.
We have also focused on emphasizing employer-paid and other direct-pay education programs such as corporate engagements as
students within these programs typically have lower bad debt expense associated with them. We continue to expect quarterly
fluctuations in bad debt expense, especially as some of the various federal aid initiatives expire. We regularly evaluate our reserve
rates, which includes a quarterly update of our analysis of historical student receivable collectability based on the most recent data
available and a review of current known factors which we believe could affect future collectability of our student receivables, such as
the number of students that do not complete the financial aid process.
Operating Income
Operating income for the current year increased by 16.1% or $20.8 million as compared to the prior year. The current year
increase was primarily driven by the increased revenue along with lower admissions, advertising and marketing, occupancy and bad
debt expenses as compared to the prior year, partially offset with an increase of $11.3 million related to asset impairment charges for
the current year as compared to the prior year.
Provision for Income Taxes
For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a tax provision of $44.5 million, which includes a $4.5 million favorable
adjustment related to the tax benefits associated with a previously disclosed prior year ordinary loss attributable to the stock of a
worthless subsidiary, which decreased the effective tax rate by 2.4% and a $0.7 million favorable adjustment related to federal and
state credits claimed for the 2022 tax return and anticipated for the 2023 tax year, which decreased the effective rate by 0.4%. The
2023 effective tax rate also reflects a $0.3 million favorable adjustment associated with the tax effect of stock-based compensation,
which decreased the effective rate by 0.1%.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded a tax provision of $38.4 million, which includes an $0.8 million
unfavorable adjustment associated with the tax effect of stock-based compensation, which increased the effective rate by 0.6%. The
2022 effective tax rate reflects the establishment of a full valuation allowance of $1.4 million with respect to select combined state net
operating losses that were anticipated to go unused based on expectations and $0.9 million related to the expected non-deductibility of
reductions in the carrying value of our equity investment, which collectively increased the effective rate by 1.7%. In 2022, we re-
evaluated the character of the loss incurred on the elimination of a wholly-owned subsidiary in 2021 and re-categorized this
transaction in the 2021 tax returns as an ordinary loss attributable to the stock of a worthless subsidiary. This resulted in the
elimination of a $3.1 million deferred tax asset and offsetting valuation allowance with respect to the capital loss carryforward, which
had an offsetting impact on the effective tax rate of 2.3%.
For the full year 2024, we expect our effective tax rate to be between 25.5% and 26.5%.
SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The summary of segment financial information below should be referenced in connection with a review of the following
discussion of our segment results from operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (dollars in thousands), including
comparisons of our year-over-year performance between these years. Please refer to Part II Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022
for a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2021, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2022 financial
performance to 2021.
53
REVENUE:
CTU (1)
AIUS (2)
Corporate and Other
Total
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):
CTU (1)
AIUS (2)
Corporate and Other
Total
For the Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
2023 vs 2022
% Change
2022 vs 2021
% Change
$
$
$
$
468,926
240,300
778
710,004
144,008
45,283
(38,845)
150,446
$
$
$
$
419,617
274,479
1,112
695,208
141,622
33,315
(45,300)
129,637
$
$
$
$
408,549
283,360
1,125
693,034
148,481
39,130
(38,595)
149,016
11.8%
-12.5%
NM
2.1%
1.7%
35.9%
-14.2%
16.1%
2.7%
-3.1%
NM
0.3%
-4.6%
-14.9%
17.4%
-13.0%
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) MARGIN:
CTU (1)
AIUS (2)
Corporate and Other
Total
30.7%
18.8%
NM
21.2%
33.8%
12.1%
NM
18.6%
36.3%
13.8%
NM
21.5%
______________________
(1) CTU’s results of operations include the Coding Dojo acquisition commencing on the December 1, 2022 date of acquisition and
the Hippo acquisition commencing on the September 10, 2021 date of acquisition.
(2) AIUS’ results of operations include the CalSouthern acquisition commencing on the July 1, 2022 date of acquisition and the
DigitalCrafts acquisition commencing on the August 2, 2021 date of acquisition.
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENTS:
CTU
AIUS
Total
2023
2022
2021
2023 vs 2022
% Change
2022 vs 2021
% Change
As of December 31,
26,000
8,500
34,500
25,200
14,000
39,200
24,700
15,700
40,400
3.2%
-39.3%
-12.0%
2.0%
-10.8%
-3.0%
Total student enrollments represent all students who are active as of the last day of the reporting period. Active students are
defined as those students who are considered in attendance by participating in class related activities during the previous two weeks.
Total student enrollments do not include learners pursuing: a) non-degree seeking and professional development programs, and b)
degree seeking, non-Title IV, self-paced programs at our universities.
Year Ended December 31, 2023 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2022
CTU. Current year revenue increased by 11.8% or $49.3 million as compared to the prior year. The increase in revenue at CTU
was driven by organic student enrollment growth, a positive impact from the academic calendar redesign and the 2022 acquisition that
was not part of the full comparative prior year period. Total student enrollments increased by 3.2% at December 31, 2023 as compared
to December 31, 2022, driven by improved student retention and growth in student enrollments from corporate engagements, which
more than offset a negative timing impact of the academic calendar redesign. CTU's academic calendar redesign may impact the
comparability of revenue-earning days and enrollment results in any given quarter, with the impact on revenue and total student
enrollments not necessarily having the same magnitude or directional impact.
Current year operating income for CTU increased by 1.7% or $2.4 million as compared to the prior year, driven by the increase
in revenue discussed above, partially offset with increased operating expenses, including increased asset impairment charges of $12.2
million as compared to the prior year.
AIUS. Current year revenue decreased by 12.5% or $34.2 million as compared to the prior year. The current year decrease was
primarily driven by a decrease in total student enrollments of 39.3% at December 31, 2023 as compared to December 31, 2022. The
decline in student enrollments was impacted by short-term operating changes made during the current year discussed above within
"2023 Review".
54
Current year operating income for AIUS increased by 35.9% or $12.0 million as compared to the prior year, driven by lower
admissions, advertising and marketing, occupancy and bad debt expenses as compared to the prior year, which more than offset the
decrease in revenue.
Corporate and Other. This category includes unallocated costs that are incurred on behalf of the entire company. Total
Corporate and Other operating loss for the current year decreased by 14.2% or $6.5 million as compared to the prior year, primarily as
a result of decreased legal fee expense.
SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
We have identified the accounting policies and estimates listed below as those that we believe require management’s most
subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties. This section should be read in conjunction with
Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements which includes a discussion of these
and other significant accounting policies.
Revenue Recognition
Description: Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is
generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for
educational services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge
tuition and fees at varying amounts, depending on the university, the type of program and specific curriculum. Our universities bill
students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we
treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree
programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of
instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned
over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations. We generally bill student tuition upon enrollment
for our non-degree professional development programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the length of
the offering.
Assumptions and judgment: Revenue recognition includes assumptions and significant judgments including determination of the
appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606 as well as the assessment of
collectability. We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is used in
determining the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have
determined that all of our students can be grouped into one portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different universities,
in different programs or with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies
are similar across all institutions and students work with the university to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program
funds, Veterans Administration funds, military funding, employer tuition assistance or self-pay. We have significant historical data for
our students which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different
as compared to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.
Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV
Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department to
be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the
progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to
monitor that the collectability threshold is met.
These assumptions and significant judgments are based upon our interpretation of accounting guidance and historical
experience. Although management believes these assumptions and significant judgments to be reasonable, actual amounts may differ
if historical experience is not reflective of future results.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: If actual performance is not consistent with historical experience
in regards to our assessment of collectability, our revenue recognition may be materially different than what was originally recorded.
Allowance for Credit Losses
Description: We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition
and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for credit losses with respect
to student receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the
amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of
lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative
factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student
receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors
include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments,
internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are
55
monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trending
analysis and comparing estimated and actual performance.
Assumptions and judgment: Management makes a range of assumptions to determine what is believed to be the appropriate level
of allowance for credit losses. Management determines a reasonable and supportable forecast based on the expectation of future
conditions over a supportable forecast period as described above, as well as qualitative adjustments based on current and future
conditions that may not be fully captured in the historical modeling factors described above. All of these estimates are susceptible to
significant change.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess
whether or not adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we
believe impact the collection of our student receivables, as noted above, or modifications to our collection practices, and other related
policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for credit losses and our results from operations.
A one percentage point change in our allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross earned student receivables as of
December 31, 2023 would have resulted in a change in pretax income of $0.7 million during the year then ended.
Because a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that
significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs, or the ability of our students or institutions to participate in Title
IV Programs, would likely have a material impact on the realizability of our receivables.
Goodwill Impairment
Description: Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business
purchases. Goodwill often involves estimates based on third-party valuations, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow
analyses or other valuation techniques. Under ASC Topic 350, we review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or when an
event or other circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying value. In
making this assessment we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not the fair value of the goodwill is
less than its carrying amount. If we conclude based on the qualitative assessment that goodwill may be impaired, we then perform a
quantitative one-step impairment test, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the excess of the carrying value over the fair
value of the goodwill. Any subsequent increases in goodwill would not be recognized on the consolidated financial statements.
Assumptions and judgment: During the current year, we performed a qualitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill
balances for impairment. Management first considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to
determine whether it was necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focused on the significant inputs utilized
in the most recent quantitative assessment and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not
limited to, financial performance compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods, legal, regulatory, contractual,
competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating
environment or increased competition.
When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair
value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or
comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation
of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future
expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows.
Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes do reflect improvements relative to recent historical
periods with respect to, among other things, modest revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future
operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected
operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected
operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its
carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to
evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment
evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are
consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate
used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain of the risks
discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: Changes in these qualitative and quantitative factors, as well as
downturns in economic or business conditions, could have a significant adverse impact on the fair value of our reporting units in
relation to their respective carrying values of goodwill and could result in an impairment loss affecting our consolidated financial
statements as a whole. Generally, an impairment loss would reduce our net income for the reporting period being presented, and
proportionally reduce the value of the assets and equity reflected on our balance sheet.
56
We did not record any goodwill impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, and have $241.2
million and $243.5 million of goodwill as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Income Taxes
Description: We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. These tax laws
are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income
tax provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.
We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of
deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial
reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred
income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset
will not be realized.
Assumptions and judgment: In establishing a provision for income tax expense or a liability for an uncertain tax position, we
must make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex tax laws. We must also make estimates about
when in the future certain items will affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws
may be subject to review/adjudication by the court systems in the various tax jurisdictions or may be settled with the taxing authority
upon examination or audit.
Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: Although we believe the judgments and estimates used are
reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to changes in tax liability that could be material. To the extent we
prevail in matters for which reserves have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our reserves, our effective
income tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would result in an
increase in our effective income tax rate.
LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL POSITION AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
As of December 31, 2023, cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and available-for-sale short-term investments (“cash
balances”) totaled $604.2 million. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2023 was $1.0 million and relates to amounts held in an escrow
account to secure post-closing indemnification obligations of the seller pursuant to the Hippo acquisition. Our cash flows from
operating activities have historically been adequate to fulfill our liquidity requirements. We have historically financed our operating
activities, organic growth and acquisitions primarily through cash generated from operations and existing cash balances. We generated
cash in 2023 as a result of improved operating performance and expect to continue to do so in 2024. We anticipate that we will be able
to satisfy the cash requirements associated with, among other things, our working capital needs, capital expenditures, lease
commitments and quarterly dividends payments through at least the next 12 months primarily with cash generated by operations and
existing cash balances.
We maintain a balanced capital allocation strategy that focuses on maintaining a strong balance sheet and adequate liquidity,
while (i) investing in organic projects at our universities, in particular technology-related initiatives which are designed to benefit our
students, and (ii) evaluating diverse strategies to enhance stockholder value, including acquisitions, quarterly dividend payments and
share repurchases. Ultimately, our goal is to deploy resources in a way that drives long term stockholder value while supporting and
enhancing the academic value of our institutions.
On January 27, 2022, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million,
which commenced March 1, 2022 and originally expired on September 30, 2023. On July 27, 2023, the Board of Directors of the
Company extended the expiration date of the program to September 30, 2024. The timing of purchases and the number of shares
repurchased under the program will be determined by the Company’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including
stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory
requirements and other factors.
On February 20, 2024, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million
which commences March 1, 2024. The program expires September 30, 2025 and replaces the existing stock repurchase program that
was originally set to expire on September 30, 2024. The other terms of the new stock repurchase program are consistent with the
Company’s prior stock repurchase program.
The Board of Directors approved the aforementioned stock repurchase programs believing it advantageous to the Company and
its stockholders to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at prices below what the Board of Directors
believed to be the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock.
On September 8, 2021, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors thereunder entered into a credit agreement with Wintrust
Bank N.A. (“Wintrust”), in its capacities as the sole lead arranger, sole bookrunner, administrative agent and letter of credit issuer for
57
the lenders from time to time parties thereto (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides the Company with the benefit
of a $125.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility and was originally scheduled to mature on September 8, 2024. On January
23, 2024, after having previously been amended on April 1, 2022, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors thereunder entered into
a Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement with Wintrust (the “Second Amendment” and the Credit Agreement, as amended to
date, the “Second Amended Credit Agreement”). The Second Amendment, among other things, (i) extends the maturity date of the
revolving credit facility to January 31, 2027; (ii) lowers the “Prime Rate” floor from 4% to 3%; (iii) replaces BMO Bank N.A. with
Valley National Bancorp as one of the lenders that is party to the revolving credit facility; and (iv) modifies the relative commitments
of the lenders that are parties to the revolving credit facility. Under the Second Amended Credit Agreement, the Company continues to
have the benefit of a $125.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, and, so long as no default has occurred and other
conditions have been met, the Company may request an increase in the aggregate commitment in an amount not to exceed $50.0
million. The loans and letter of credit obligations under the Second Amended Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all assets
of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors.
The Second Amended Credit Agreement and the ancillary documents executed in connection therewith contain customary
affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. The Company is required to maintain unrestricted cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments in domestic accounts in an amount at least equal to the aggregate loan commitments then in effect.
Acquisitions to be undertaken by the Company must meet certain criteria, and the Company’s ability to make restricted payments,
including payments in connection with a repurchase of shares of our common stock and quarterly dividend payments, is subject to an
aggregate maximum of $100.0 million per fiscal year. Upon the occurrence of certain regulatory events or if the Company’s
unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short term investments are less than 125% of the aggregate amount of the loan commitments
then in effect, the Company is required to maintain cash in a segregated, restricted account in an amount not less than the aggregate
loan commitments then in effect. The Second Amended Credit Agreement also contains customary representations and warranties,
events of default, and rights and remedies upon the occurrence of any event of default thereunder, including rights to accelerate the
loans, terminate the commitments and realize upon the collateral securing the obligations under the credit agreement. As of December
31, 2023, there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility.
The discussion above reflects management’s expectations regarding liquidity; however, as a result of the significance of the
Title IV Program funds received by our students, we are highly dependent on these funds to operate our business. Any reduction in the
level of Title IV funds that our students are eligible to receive or any impact on timing or our ability to receive Title IV Program
funds, or any requirement to post a significant letter of credit to the Department, may have a significant impact on our operations and
our financial condition. In addition, our financial performance is dependent on the level of student enrollments which could be
impacted by external factors. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”
Sources and Uses of Cash
Operating Cash Flows
During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, net cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $112.0 million and
$148.2 million, respectively. The decrease in cash flow from operations as compared to the prior year is primarily driven by a timing
impact of certain working capital items.
Our primary source of cash flows from operating activities is tuition collected from our students. Our students derive the ability
to pay tuition costs through the use of a variety of funding sources, including, among others, federal loan and grant programs, state grant
programs, private loans and grants, institutional payment plans, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments. For the years
ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, approximately 76% and 79% of our institutions’ aggregate cash receipts from tuition payments
came from Title IV Program funding. This percentage differs from the Title IV Program percentage calculated under the 90-10 Rule
due to the treatment of certain funding types and certain student level limitations on what and how much to count as prescribed under
the rule.
For further discussion of Title IV Program funding and other funding sources for our students, see Item 1, “Business - Student
Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation.”
Our primary uses of cash to support our operating activities include, among other things, cash paid and benefits provided to our
employees for services, to vendors for products and services, to lessors for rents and operating costs related to leased facilities, to
suppliers for textbooks and other institution supplies, and to federal, state and local governments for income and other taxes.
Investing Cash Flows
During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, net cash flows used in investing activities totaled $88.5 million and
$326.8 million, respectively.
Purchases and Sales of Available-for-Sale Investments. Purchases and sales of available-for-sale investments resulted in a net
cash outflow of $76.1 million and $229.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
58
Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures decreased to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to
$12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Capital expenditures represented approximately 0.9% and 1.8% of revenue for
the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. For the year ending December 31, 2024, we expect capital expenditures to
be approximately 1.0% - 2.0% of revenue.
Earnout payment related to business acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we paid $6.0 million as additional
purchase consideration for the Coding Dojo acquisition.
Financing Cash Flows
During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $23.4 million and $27.7
million, respectively.
Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation. Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation
were $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Repurchase of stock. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we repurchased 0.5 million shares of our common stock for
approximately $8.3 million at an average price of $15.38 per share as compared to 2.1 million shares of common stock repurchased
for $23.1 million at an average price of $11.02 per share for the year ended December 31, 2022. Repurchases of stock during 2023 and
2022 were funded by cash generated from operating activities and existing cash balances. See Part II, Item 5 for more information.
Release of cash held in escrow. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we released $1.0 million and $4.2 million
of escrow associated with acquisitions.
Payments of cash dividends. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company's Board of Directors approved a dividend
policy, under which the Company made payments of $14.4 million during the year.
Contractual Obligations
As of December 31, 2023, future minimum cash payments due under contractual obligations for our non-cancelable operating
lease arrangements were $30.7 million, with approximately $7.0 million due within the next 12 months. These future minimum cash
payments reflect base rent and other fixed lease-related costs identified in the lease agreements but excludes variable costs such as
common area maintenance payments and taxes, as these amounts are undeterminable at this time and may vary based on future
circumstances. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at
various dates through 2032. Lease terms generally range from one to ten years with one to four renewal options for extended terms.
As of December 31, 2023, we were not a party to any off-balance sheet financing or contingent payment arrangements, nor do
we have any unconsolidated subsidiaries.
Changes in Financial Position – December 31, 2023 Compared to December 31, 2022
Selected consolidated balance sheet account changes from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023 were as follows (dollars in
thousands):
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Student receivables, net
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Right of use asset, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net of amortization
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Deferred revenue
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Other non-current liabilities
As of December 31,
2023
2022
%
Change
$
29,398
$
42,551
-31%
19,096
241,162
36,219
37,215
33,510
26,156
243,540
53,564
-27%
-1%
-32%
71,590
-48%
40,856
-18%
Student receivables, net. The decrease is primarily driven by increased collection on student balances and a decrease in total
student enrollments at AIUS.
Right of use asset, net: The decrease is primarily driven by lease terminations and ROU asset impairments for locations which
the Company has vacated.
59
Goodwill. The decrease relates to opening balance sheet adjustments associated with the Coding Dojo acquisition.
Intangible assets, net of amortization: The decrease is primarily related to impairments associated with certain definite-lived
intangible assets during the current year as well as amortization of definite-lived intangible assets.
Deferred revenue: The decrease is primarily related to the timing impact of the academic terms within CTU and AIUS as well
as the decrease in total student enrollments at AIUS.
Other non-current liabilities. The decrease is primarily driven by the payment of additional consideration associated with the
Coding Dojo acquisition.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 4 “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting
pronouncements that may affect us.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily changes in interest rates. We use various techniques to manage our interest
rate risk. We have no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments, and believe the risk related to cash
equivalents and available for sale investments is limited due to the adherence to our investment policy, which focuses on capital
preservation and liquidity. In addition, we use asset managers who conduct initial and ongoing credit analyses on our investment
portfolio and monitor that investments are in compliance with our investment policy. Despite the investment risk mitigation strategies
we employ, we may incur investment losses as a result of unusual and unpredictable market developments and may experience
reduced investment earnings if the yields on investments deemed to be low risk remain low or decline.
Interest Rate Exposure
Our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal
if we are forced to sell investments that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2023, a 10%
increase or decrease in interest rates applicable to our investments or borrowings would not have a material impact on our future
earnings, fair values or cash flows.
Under the Second Amended Credit Agreement, outstanding principal amounts bear annual interest at a fluctuating rate equal to
1.0% less than the administrative agent’s prime commercial rate, subject to a 3.0% minimum rate. A higher rate may apply to late
payments or if any event of default exists. As of December 31, 2023, we had no outstanding borrowings under this facility.
Our financial instruments are recorded at their fair values as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. We believe that the
exposure of our consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows to adverse changes in interest rates applicable
to our investments or borrowings is not significant.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial information required by Item 8 is contained in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We completed an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”) under the
supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide
reasonable assurance that (i) the information required to be disclosed by us in this Report was recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms provided by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),
and (ii) the information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar
functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
60
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31,
2023, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls
Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent or detect all
errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in a
cost-effective control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will
not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our Company have been detected.
These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur
because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or
more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions
about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time,
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or
procedures.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the
preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Based upon the evaluation under the framework contained in the 2013 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission Report, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, who audited and reported on the consolidated financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued a report on the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This attestation report is included on page 72 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
None.
61
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Below is a list of our Executive Officers and Board of Directors as of February 21, 2024:
PART III
Executive Officers:
Board of Directors:
Todd S. Nelson
President and Chief Executive Officer
Gregory L. Jackson - Chairman of the Board
Private Investor
Ashish R. Ghia
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer
Dennis H. Chookaszian
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
CNA Financial Corporation
Elise L. Baskel
Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical
University
Kenda B. Gonzales
Former Chief Financial Officer of Harrison
Properties, LLC
David C. Czeszewski
Senior Vice President and Chief Information
Officer
Patrick W. Gross
Chairman of the Lovell Group
Greg E. Jansen
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary
William D. Hansen
President and Chief Executive Officer of Building
Hope Holdings, Inc.
John R. Kline
Senior Vice President - American InterContinental
University System
Todd S. Nelson
President and Chief Executive Officer of Perdoceo
Education Corporation
Michele A. Peppers
Vice President - Accounting & Reporting and Chief
Accounting Officer
Leslie T. Thornton
Former Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary of WGL Holdings, Inc. and
Washington Gas
Alan D. Wheat
Chair of Wheat Shroyer Government Relations
The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in
connection with our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in
connection with our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
62
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2023 with respect to shares of our common stock that may be
issued under our existing equity compensation plans:
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
(a)
(b)
(c)
Number of shares
remaining available for
future issuances under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by
stockholders
Total
Number of shares to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options
Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options
541,263 (1)$
$
541,263
10.65
10.65
4,808,116 (2)
4,808,116
(1)
(2)
Includes outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the Company’s 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan
(the “2008 Plan”) and Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2016 Plan”).
Includes shares available for future issuance under the 2016 Plan in addition to the number of shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options referenced in column (a). In addition to stock options, the 2016 Plan provides for the issuance of stock
appreciation rights, restricted stock and units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, performance
awards and units, or cash incentive awards. The amount in column (c) is net of 2.8 million shares underlying restricted stock
units outstanding as of December 31, 2023, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are
met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the amount vested. These
shares take into account the anticipated vesting levels based on projected attainment of performance conditions for performance-
based restricted stock units and have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the remaining
shares available as of December 31, 2023. Additionally, there were less than 0.1 million shares underlying deferred stock units
outstanding under the previous 2008 Plan which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met
and do not affect the number of shares reflected in column (c) above.
See Note 14 “Share-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the
Company’s share-based compensation.
The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in
connection with our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in
connection with our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in
connection with our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
63
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
1.
Financial Statements
PART IV
The financial statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page 69 are filed as part of this Annual Report.
2.
Financial Statement Schedules
The financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page 69 is filed as part of this Annual Report. All
other schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes
thereto or because they are not applicable or not required.
3.
Exhibits
The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits on pages 65- 67 are filed as part of this Annual Report.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
64
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
Number
2.1
2.2
3.1
3.2
3.3
Exhibit
Incorporated by Reference to:
Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 8, 2019 among Trident
University International, LLC, TUI Learning, LLC, Athena NewCo,
LLC and Career Education Corporation
Exhibit 2.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 12,
2019
First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement effective February 4,
2020 among Trident University International, LLC, TUI Learning,
LLC, Athena NewCo, LLC and Perdoceo Education Corporation
Exhibit 2.2 to our Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2019
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Perdoceo Education
Corporation (originally incorporated on January 5, 1994)
Exhibit 3.2 to our Form 8-K filed on December
18, 2019
Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Perdoceo Education Corporation dated May 25,
2023
Exhibit 3.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2023
Seventh Amended and Restated By-laws of Perdoceo Education
Corporation effective January 1, 2020
Exhibit 3.3 to our Form 8-K filed on December
18, 2019
4.1
Form of specimen stock certificate representing Common Stock
4.2
Description of Common Stock
4.3
4.4
4.5
Credit Agreement dated as of September 8, 2021 among Perdoceo
Education Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors from time to time
parties thereto, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, and
Wintrust Bank, N.A, as administrative agent and letter of credit
issuer
First Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of April 1,
2022, among Perdoceo Education Corporation, the guarantors and
the lenders under the Credit Agreement and Wintrust Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent and letter of credit issuer
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of January
23, 2024, among Perdoceo Education Corporation, the guarantors
and the lenders under the Credit Agreement and Wintrust Bank,
N.A., as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer
Exhibit 4.1 to our Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2019
Exhibit 4.2 to our Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2019
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on September
13, 2021
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended March 31, 2022
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on January 23,
2024
*10.1
Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan
(“2008 Plan”)
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on May 16,
2008
*10.2
First Amendment to the 2008 Plan
Exhibit 10.30 to our Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2008
*10.3
Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016
Incentive Compensation Plan ("2016 Plan")
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 8,
2021
*10.4
2022 Annual Incentive Award Program pursuant to the 2016 Plan
*10.5
2023 Annual Incentive Award Program pursuant to the 2016 Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 11,
2022
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K/A filed on March
14, 2023
65
*10.6
*10.7
*10.8
*10.9
Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Agreement under the
2008 Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended June 30, 2011
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008
Plan
Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on February
27, 2009
Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under
the 2008 Plan
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 6,
2012
Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under
the 2008 Plan (used for awards in 2013)
Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on March 8,
2013
*10.10
Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under
the 2008 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in 2014)
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10,
2014
*10.11
*10.12
*10.13
*10.14
*10.15
*10.16
*10.17
*10.18
*10.19
Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under
the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May
2016)
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27,
2016
Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Agreement under the
2008 Plan (used for awards commencing May 2015)
Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended June 30, 2015
Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing May
2016)
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27,
2016
Form of Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Unit Agreement
under the 2008 Plan
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended June 30, 2014
Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under
the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May
2016)
Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27,
2016
Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under
the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for awards commencing in
May 2016)
Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27,
2016
Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award
Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing May
2020)
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 1,
2020
Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award
Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards
commencing in May 2016)
Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award
Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for
awards commencing in May 2016)
Exhibit 10.5 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27,
2016
Exhibit 10.6 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27,
2016
*10.20
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan
(used for awards commencing in March 2017)
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10,
2017
*10.21
Form of Retention Bonus Award Agreement (used for awards in
2022)
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 11,
2022
*10.22
Letter Agreement between Perdoceo Education Corporation and
Jeffrey Ayers dated February 21, 2022
Exhibit 20.21 to our Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2021
*10.23
Second Amended and Restated Letter Agreement between the
Company and Todd Nelson dated November 16, 2023
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on November
17, 2023
66
*10.24
Separation and General Release Agreement between the Company
and Andrew Hurst dated November 15, 2023
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on November
17, 2023
*10.25
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive
Officers
Exhibit 10.9 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended June 30, 2016
*10.26
Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan (Amended
and Restated as of November 2, 2015)
Exhibit 10.9 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended September 30, 2015
*10.27
First Amendment and Summary of Material Modifications to the
Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan &
Summary Plan Description
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended June 30, 2020
10.28
10.29
Agreement with the Attorney General of Iowa effective January 2,
2019, including schedule of substantially identical agreements with
the attorneys general of other states
Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended March 31, 2019
Stipulated Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment
dated October 9, 2019 agreed to by the Federal Trade Commission
and Career Education Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries
Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period
ended September 30, 2019
+21
Subsidiaries of the Company
+23.1
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
+31.1
+31.2
+32.1
+32.2
Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
+97.1
Perdoceo Education Corporation Clawback Policy
+101.INS InLine XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not
appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are
embedded within the InLine XBRL document
+101.SCH InLine XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded
Linkbases Document
+104
The cover page from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2023, formatted in Inline XBRL
(included in Exhibit 101)
___________________
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K.
+Filed herewith.
67
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 21st day of February, 2024.
SIGNATURES
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION
By:
/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA
Ashish R. Ghia,
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ TODD S. NELSON
Todd S. Nelson
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA
Ashish R. Ghia
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ MICHELE A. PEPPERS
Michele A. Peppers
Vice President - Accounting & Reporting and Chief Accounting
Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ GREGORY L. JACKSON
Gregory L. Jackson
Chairman of the Board
/s/ DENNIS H. CHOOKASZIAN
Dennis H. Chookaszian
Director
/s/ KENDA B. GONZALES
Kenda B. Gonzales
/s/ PATRICK W. GROSS
Patrick W. Gross
/s/ WILLIAM D. HANSEN
William D. Hansen
/s/ LESLIE T. THORNTON
Leslie T. Thornton
/s/ ALAN D. WHEAT
Alan D. Wheat
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
68
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
February 21, 2024
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 248)................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 ...................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 ......................................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021............................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 ................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 ...............................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................................................................................................
Page
70
73
74
74
75
76
77
Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ...........................................................................................................................
103
All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the
consolidated financial statements or related notes.
69
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Perdoceo Education Corporation
Opinion on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Perdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes
and schedule (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in the
2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(“COSO”), and our report dated February 21, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion.
Basis for opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical audit matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material
to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of
critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or
disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for credit losses
As described further in Notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements, student receivables represent funds owed to the Company in
exchange for the educational services provided to the student. Student receivables are reported net of an allowance for credit losses as
determined by management at the end of each reporting period. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is
out of school and it reaches greater than 90 days past due.
Management’s student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Its
estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on collection experience, have an
impact on repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact the
estimate of the allowance for credit losses. The factors include, but are not limited to repayment history, changes in the current
economic, legislative, or regulatory environments, cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid
process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, the allowance estimation process for
student receivables is assessed by comparing estimated and actual performance.
Our audit procedures related to the allowance for credit losses included the following, among others:
70
•
•
•
•
Assessed the appropriateness of management’s methodology for calculating the allowance including the significant inputs
and assumptions utilized, including any changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, cash
collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student,
Recalculated the estimated allowance rates applied to the respective accounts receivable allowance categories determined
according to funding sources and other criteria,
Tested the completeness and accuracy of data underlying management’s assertions and calculations for a selection of
students, and compared our
were reasonable, and
recalculations to management’s analysis to determine whether management’s conclusions
Tested on a sample basis the write-offs, the rates of reserve percentages, and subsequent cash collections on a student
account.
In addition, we tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to establishing the allowance for credit losses.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.
Chicago, Illinois
February 21, 2024
71
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Perdoceo Education Corporation
Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Perdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on
criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, and our report
dated February 21, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based
on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect
on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 21, 2024
72
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
As of December 31,
2023
2022
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents, unrestricted
Restricted cash
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Short-term investments
Total cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments
Student receivables, gross
Allowance for credit losses
Student receivables, net
Receivables, other
Prepaid expenses
Inventories
Other current assets
Total current assets
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $58,785 and $54,238 as of
December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively
Right of use asset, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net of amortization of $23,612 and $15,981 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022,
respectively
Student receivables, gross
Allowance for credit losses
Student receivables, net
Deferred income tax assets, net
Other assets
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liability-operating
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses:
Payroll and related benefits
Advertising and marketing costs
Income taxes
Other
Deferred revenue
Total current liabilities
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liability-operating
Other liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 90,270,306 and 89,396,192
shares issued, 65,544,539 and 67,175,485 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and
2022, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings
Treasury stock, at cost, 24,725,767 and 22,220,707 shares as of December 31, 2023 and 2022,
respectively
Total stockholders' equity
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
118,009
1,012
119,021
485,135
604,156
64,011
(34,613)
29,398
4,539
11,712
5,004
155
654,964
21,371
19,096
241,162
36,219
7,028
(3,169)
3,859
23,804
6,841
1,007,316
5,701
10,766
32,684
7,196
3,974
13,503
37,215
111,039
21,346
33,510
54,856
109,408
9,476
118,884
399,315
518,199
81,197
(38,646)
42,551
3,457
8,411
1,904
597
575,119
26,038
26,156
243,540
53,564
6,345
(4,495)
1,850
24,613
6,488
957,368
6,555
13,518
40,306
8,977
7,814
14,621
71,590
163,381
27,286
40,856
68,142
-
-
903
694,798
(666)
480,606
(334,220)
841,421
1,007,316
$
894
684,183
(5,447)
347,839
(301,624)
725,845
957,368
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
73
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
REVENUE:
Tuition and fees, net
Other
Total revenue
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Asset impairment
Total operating expenses
Operating income
OTHER INCOME:
Interest income
Interest expense
Miscellaneous income (expense)
Total other income
PRETAX INCOME
Provision for income taxes
NET INCOME
NET INCOME PER SHARE - BASIC:
NET INCOME PER SHARE - DILUTED:
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
Basic
Diluted
$
$
$
$
For the Year Ended December 31,
2022
2023
2021
$
$
$
$
702,920
7,084
710,004
130,324
398,084
16,887
14,263
559,558
150,446
19,980
(404)
22,099
41,675
192,121
44,469
147,652
2.22
2.18
66,468
67,826
$
$
$
$
687,672
7,536
695,208
116,723
426,120
19,734
2,994
565,571
129,637
6,866
(400)
(1,834)
4,632
134,269
38,402
95,867
1.41
1.39
67,934
69,031
688,415
4,619
693,034
108,743
418,509
16,766
-
544,018
149,016
930
(920)
41
51
149,067
39,430
109,637
1.57
1.55
70,024
70,881
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In Thousands)
NET INCOME
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Year Ended December 31,
2022
2023
2021
147,652
$
95,867
$
109,637
45
4,736
4,781
152,433
$
(166)
(5,185)
(5,351)
90,516
$
(177)
(283)
(460)
109,177
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
74
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
Treasury Stock
Purchased
Shares
(17,203) $(246,088) $
Cost
Additional Paid-
in Capital
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
BALANCE, December 31, 2020
Net income
Foreign currency translation
Unrealized loss on investments
Total comprehensive income
Treasury stock purchased
Share-based compensation expense:
Stock option plans
Restricted stock award plans
Employee stock purchase plan
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans
Restricted stock award plans
Employee stock purchase plan
BALANCE, December 31, 2021
Net income
Foreign currency translation
Unrealized loss on investments
Total comprehensive income
Treasury stock purchased
Share-based compensation expense:
Stock option plans
Restricted stock award plans
Employee stock purchase plan
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans
Restricted stock award plans
Employee stock purchase plan
BALANCE, December 31, 2022
Net income
Foreign currency translation
Unrealized gain on investments
Total comprehensive income
Dividends to shareholders, per share
$0.22
Treasury stock purchased
Treasury stock acquired upon sale of
asset
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans
Employee stock purchase plan
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans
Restricted stock award plans
Employee stock purchase plan
BALANCE, December 31, 2023
Common Stock
Issued
Shares
$0.01 Par
Value
$
87,265
-
-
-
873
-
-
-
$
$
-
-
-
-
103
1,329
27
88,724
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
144
504
24
89,396
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
13
-
887
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
6
-
894
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
310
545
19
90,270
$
3
6
-
903
(2,313)
(25,296)
-
$
658,423
-
-
-
$
$
464
14,495
13
548
(13)
312
674,242
-
-
-
-
89
8,648
14
929
(6)
267
684,183
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,064
14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(460)
-
-
(5,511)
-
(19,976) $(276,895) $
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2,099)
(23,117)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(146)
-
-
(1,612)
-
(22,221) $(301,624) $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(540)
-
(8,301)
(1,800)
(22,086)
-
-
-
(165)
-
-
-
-
(2,209)
-
(24,726) $(334,220) $
Retained
Earnings
$ 142,335
109,637
-
-
-
-
-
-
364
-
(177)
(283)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(96) $ 251,972
95,867
-
-
-
(166)
(5,185)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(5,447) $ 347,839
147,652
-
-
-
45
4,736
-
-
-
-
-
(14,885)
-
-
-
-
$
$
$
Total
555,907
109,637
(177)
(283)
109,177
(25,296)
464
14,495
13
549
(5,511)
312
650,110
95,867
(166)
(5,185)
90,516
(23,117)
89
8,648
14
930
(1,612)
267
725,845
147,652
45
4,736
152,433
(14,885)
(8,301)
(22,086)
8,064
14
2,276
(5)
266
694,798
$
-
-
-
-
-
-
(666) $ 480,606
$
2,279
(2,208)
266
841,421
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
75
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2022
2023
2021
$
147,652
$
95,867
$
109,637
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Asset impairment
Gain on sale of asset
Depreciation and amortization expense
Bad debt expense
Compensation expense related to share-based awards
Deferred income taxes
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Student receivables, gross
Allowance for credit losses
Receivables, other
Inventories, prepaid expenses, and other current assets
Other non-current assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities
Deferred revenue
Right of use asset and lease liability
Net cash provided by operating activities
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of available-for-sale investments
Sales of available-for-sale investments
Purchases of property and equipment
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Earnout payment related to business acquisition
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of treasury stock
Issuance of common stock
Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation
Payments of cash dividends
Release of cash held in escrow
Net cash used in financing activities
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND
RESTRICTED CASH
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, beginning of the
year
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, end of the year
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Income taxes paid
Supplemental Non-Cash Disclosures:
Amount placed in escrow to secure indemnification obligations from business
acquisitions
Non-cash additions to property and equipment
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities
$
$
$
$
$
137
(206,294)
118,884
119,021
41,763
-
329
-
$
$
$
$
$
325,178
118,884
28,940
8,500
(1,953)
-
$
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
76
14,263
(22,086)
16,887
33,215
8,078
3,761
15,929
(38,573)
(3,922)
(2,994)
478
(4,878)
(19,235)
(34,375)
(2,175)
112,025
(314,279)
238,184
(6,411)
-
(6,000)
(88,506)
(8,301)
2,545
(2,209)
(14,417)
(1,000)
(23,382)
2,994
-
19,734
41,574
8,751
(720)
6,380
(38,992)
(1,670)
2,640
843
1,922
22,332
(11,767)
(1,702)
148,186
(492,100)
262,277
(12,620)
(84,308)
-
(326,751)
(23,117)
1,197
(1,612)
-
(4,197)
(27,729)
-
-
16,766
44,344
14,972
15,330
6,631
(47,417)
5,396
3,285
72
(2,744)
(3,404)
30,724
(2,476)
191,116
(269,739)
391,659
(10,453)
(57,143)
-
54,324
(25,296)
861
(5,511)
-
-
(29,946)
215,494
109,684
325,178
23,224
1,210
2,287
727
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY
Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education primarily online to a diverse student
population, along with campus-based and blended learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical
University (“CTU”) and the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) – provide degree programs from
the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional development programs. Our academic institutions
offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy
adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing personalized learning technologies like their
intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve and educate students while enhancing overall learning
and academic experiences. Perdoceo's institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners
who seek to advance their careers and employers needing a qualified workforce.
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to
Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
These consolidated financial statements presented herein include the accounts of Perdoceo Education Corporation and our
wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “Perdoceo” or “PEC”). All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.
Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and
makes decisions. Each segment represents a postsecondary education provider that offers a variety of academic programs. We
organize our business across two reporting segments: CTU and AIUS.
b. Management’s Use of Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(“GAAP”) requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the
balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. We regularly evaluate the accounting
policies and estimates that we use to prepare our financial statements. Significant estimates, among others, include the allowance for
credit losses, the assumptions surrounding future projections of revenues and expenses used in determining the probable outcome of
performance conditions related to performance-based compensation, the assumptions used in determining the discount rate to calculate
right of use assets and lease liabilities, assumptions used in calculating income tax related matters including our deferred tax balances
and any respective valuation allowance, fair values used in establishing the opening balance sheet for business combinations and fair
values used in asset impairment evaluations including goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets. Actual results could differ
from these estimates.
c. Student Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student
receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables which are due to
be paid in less than one year are recorded as current assets within our consolidated balance sheets. Student receivables which are due
to be paid more than one year from the balance sheet date are reported as non-current assets within our consolidated balance sheets.
A substantial portion of credit extended to students is repaid through the students’ participation in various federal financial aid
programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Higher Education Act”), which we refer to as
“Title IV Programs.” For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, approximately 76%, 79% and 81%, respectively, of our
institutions’ cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding.
Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school and it reaches greater than 90 days past due.
Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a
result of the methodology used in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our
consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash
collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.
77
We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition and certain
other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for credit losses with respect to student
receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the amount of
revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime
expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors
that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables.
Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are
not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash
collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and
assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trending analysis and
comparing estimated and actual performance.
We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess whether or not adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates
are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we believe impact the collection of our student receivables, as noted above,
or modifications to our collection practices, and other related policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for credit losses and
our results from operations.
d. Revenue Recognition
Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally
segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational
services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and
fees at varying amounts, depending on the university, the type of program and specific curriculum. Our universities bill students a
single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a
single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree programs and
recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain
fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned over the applicable
term and are not considered separate performance obligations. We generally bill student tuition upon enrollment for our non-degree
professional development programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the length of the offering.
For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue
and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A
contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term
that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student
has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On
a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred
revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are
billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of
a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related
to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.
If a student withdraws from one of our universities prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition
and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are
not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the percent of the term attended and
the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. Students are typically entitled to a partial refund until
approximately halfway through their term. Pursuant to each university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no
refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date. Management
reassesses collectability when a student withdraws from the university and has unpaid tuition charges for the current term which the
university is entitled to retain per the applicable refund policy. Such unpaid charges generally do not meet the threshold of reasonably
collectible and are recognized as revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 when cash is received and the contract is terminated and
neither party has further performance obligations.
Our institutions’ academic year is generally at least 30 weeks in length but varies both by institution and program of study and is
divided by academic terms. Academic terms are determined by regulatory requirements mandated by the federal government and/or
applicable accrediting body, which also vary by university and program. Academic terms are determined by start dates, which vary by
university and program and are generally 8-12 weeks in length. Our non-degree professional development programs are available via
subscription-based access for up to 52 weeks or online courses which are generally 12-18 weeks in length. Our students pay for their
costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer tuition
assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments,
as well as private loans.
78
Other revenue, which primarily consists of contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed
and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed.
e. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash include cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or
less. The fair market value of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate their carrying value. The cash in the Company’s
banks is not fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any material losses in
such accounts. The restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2023 was $1.0 million and relates to amounts held in an escrow
account to secure post-closing indemnification obligations of the seller pursuant to the Hippo acquisition.
Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under Title IV
Programs. In certain instances, students may request that we retain a portion of their Title IV funds provided to them in excess of
tuition billings and authorize us to apply these funds to historical balances or future charges and/or distribute them directly to the
student in certain cases. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we held $9.5 million and $10.0 million, respectively, of these funds on
behalf of students within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet, with the offset recorded as prepaid revenue
within deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets.
f. Investments
Our investments, which primarily consist of municipal bonds, non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal
agencies securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value. The Company measures the fair value of financial
instruments under the guidance of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Any unrealized holding gains or temporary unrealized
holding losses, net of income tax effects, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within
stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification and are included in other income in
our consolidated statements of income. Additionally, the Company reflects its available for sale securities at the net amount expected
to be collected in accordance with ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses for
available for sale securities is zero as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
We use the equity method to account for our investment in equity securities if our investment gives us the ability to exercise
significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee. We include our proportionate share of earnings and/or losses
of our equity method investee in other income within our consolidated statements of income. The carrying value of our equity
investment is reported within other non-current assets on our consolidated balance sheets.
g. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets for financial reporting purposes and an accelerated method for
income tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the lease
or the useful life. Maintenance, repairs, minor renewals and betterments are expensed as incurred, and major improvements, which
extend the useful life of the asset, are capitalized.
h. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business purchases. In
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or
when an event or other circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying
value, by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill, we must make
assumptions regarding the fair value of our reporting units, as defined under FASB ASC Topic 350. Goodwill is evaluated by
comparing the book value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined by a combination of income and
market approach valuation methodologies (“quantitative assessment”). If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value,
goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired. The amount of impairment loss is equal to the excess of the book value of
the goodwill over the fair value of goodwill. In certain cases, a qualitative assessment may be used to determine if it is more likely
than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and if the quantitative assessment is needed.
When performing a qualitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, management must first
consider events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform
the quantitative impairment test. Management focuses on the significant inputs and any events or circumstances that could affect the
significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior
periods, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market
considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluates all events and
circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. If
79
management determines that it is not more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting unit is impaired based upon its qualitative
assessment then it does not need to perform the quantitative assessment.
When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair
value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or
comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation
of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future
expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows.
Projected future operating results and cash flows used for valuation purposes do reflect improvements relative to recent historical
periods with respect to, among other things, modest revenue growth and operating margins. Although we believe our projected future
operating results and cash flows and related estimates regarding fair values are based on reasonable assumptions, historically projected
operating results and cash flows have not always been achieved. The failure of one of our reporting units to achieve projected
operating results and cash flows in the near term or long term may reduce the estimated fair value of the reporting unit below its
carrying value and result in the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. Significant management judgment is necessary to
evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment
evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are
consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate
used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.
Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets. Indefinite-lived assets include our CTU trade name and accreditation rights,
which are recorded at fair market value upon acquisition and subsequently reviewed on an annual basis for impairment. Accreditation
rights represent the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs.
Definite-lived intangible assets consist of customer relationships, course curriculum, developed technology and trade names,
primarily from recent acquisitions. Customer relationships represent the value of acquired student and third party contracts and are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated future benefit period for those contracts. Course curriculum represents the value
of acquired curriculum, including lesson plans and syllabi, used to deliver educational services. Acquired course curriculum balances
are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which are estimated by management based upon, among other things, the
expected future utilization period and the nature of the related academic programs. Developed technology represents online auditory
and video course program materials related to our non-degree professional development programs and are amortized on a straight-line
basis over the expected period of future benefit.
See Note 10 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for further discussion.
i. Contingencies
During the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to various claims and contingencies. In accordance with
FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, when we become aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any related
loss or exposure. The probability a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, is
analyzed, and if the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs
incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the
nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. For all matters that
are currently being reviewed, we expense legal fees, including defense costs, as they are incurred. Loss contingencies include, but are
not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters, and our assessment of exposure requires
subjective assessment. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances
change, or contingencies are resolved. See Note 12 “Contingencies” for additional information.
j. Income Taxes
We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. These tax laws are complex
and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income tax
provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.
We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of
deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial
reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred
income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset
will not be realized.
In assessing the need for a valuation allowance and/or release of a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative
evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining
whether a deferred tax asset will be realized are whether there has been sufficient taxable income in recent years and whether
80
sufficient taxable income is expected in future years in order to use the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred
income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along with possible sources of future taxable
income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, the existence of taxable
income in prior carryback year(s), the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss
of future income tax benefits, expected future taxable income and earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future
deductible amount, coupled with evidence indicating the loss is not a continuing condition. Changes in, among other things, income
tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets
and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If, based on the
weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance, or
release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized. The
weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified.
A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against
deferred tax assets.
Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and
prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position
taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.
k. Leases
FASB ASC Topic 842 – Leases states that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB
Concept Statements No. 6 Elements of Financial Statements, and thus requires the recognition of a lease liability and a right of use
asset at the lease inception date. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating leases
expiring at various dates with terms that generally range from five to ten years with one to four renewal options for extended terms. In
most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility operating leases for taxes, insurance and other operating
expenses incurred during the operating lease period, which are typically variable in nature. We determine if a contract contains a lease
when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment for a period of time in exchange for
consideration. Upon such identification and commencement of a lease, we establish a right of use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability
in our consolidated balance sheets.
A lease component is defined as an asset within the lease contract that a lessee can benefit from the use of and is not highly
dependent or interrelated with other assets in the arrangement. A lease contract may contain multiple lease components. A non-lease
component is defined as a component of the lease that transfers a good or service for the underlying asset, such as maintenance
services. We have determined that all of our leases contain one lease component related to the building and land. We have determined
that treating the land together with the building as one lease component would not result in a significant difference from accounting
for them as separate lease components. We elected the practical expedient to include both the lease component and the non-lease
component as a single component when accounting for each lease and calculating the resulting lease liability and ROU asset. Any
remaining contract consideration, such as property taxes and insurance, that does not meet the definition of a lease component or non-
lease component would be allocated to the single lease component based on our election.
The lease liability represents future lease payments for lease and non-lease components discounted for present value. Lease
payments that may be included in the lease liability include fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index or rate
and payments for penalties for terminating the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to use a termination option, among others.
Certain of our leases contain rent escalation clauses that are specifically stated in the lease and these are included in the calculation of
the lease liability. Variable lease payments for lease and non-lease components which are not based on an index or rate are excluded
from the calculation of the lease liability and are recognized in the statement of income during the period incurred.
The ROU asset consists of the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability and adjusted for any lease incentives,
including rent abatements and tenant improvement allowances, and any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee. The ROU asset is
amortized over the remaining lease term on a straight-line basis and recorded within educational services and facilities expense on our
consolidated statements of income.
The lease term is determined by taking into account the initial period as stated in the lease contract and adjusted for any renewal
options that the company is reasonably certain to exercise as well as any period of time that the lessee has control of the space before
the stated initial term of the lease. If we determine that we are reasonably certain to exercise a termination option, the lease term is
then adjusted to account for the expected termination date.
We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and
related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the
net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore
we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease
81
modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount
equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.
See Note 9 “Leases” for further details.
l. Share-Based Compensation
FASB ASC Topic 718 – Compensation-Stock Compensation requires that all share-based payments to employees and non-
employee directors, including grants of stock options, shares or units of restricted stock, and the compensatory elements of employee
stock purchase plans, be recognized in the financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the equity or liability instruments
issued.
Our share-based awards are measured at fair value and recognized over the requisite service or performance period. The fair
value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, based on the market
price of the underlying common stock, expected life, expected stock price volatility and expected risk-free interest rate. Expected
volatility is computed using a combination of historical volatility for a period equal to the expected term; the risk-free interest rates are
based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve, with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term used in the option pricing
model. The fair value of each restricted stock unit award is estimated based on the market price of the underlying common stock on
the date of the grant. The fair value of each market-based performance grant is estimated using the Monte Carlo Simulation
methodology to assess the grant date fair value. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimate in subsequent
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For our performance-based awards, the performance criteria is assessed each
reporting period to determine the probability of attainment.
See Note 14 “Share-Based Compensation” for further discussion of our share-based compensation plans, the nature of share-
based awards issued under the plans and our accounting for share-based awards.
m. Advertising and Marketing Costs
Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising and marketing costs, which are included in general and
administrative expense on our consolidated statements of income, were $102.6 million, $126.8 million and $137.2 million, for the
years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
n. Inventories
Inventories all relate to finished goods consisting principally of laptops and supplies, and are stated at the lower of cost or net
realizable value, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. The cost of inventory is reflected as a component of educational
services and facilities expense as the items are used or sold.
3. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company completed the CalSouthern and Coding Dojo acquisitions on July 1,
2022 and December 1, 2022, respectively.
Founded in 2013, Coding Dojo offers computer programming and general technology upskilling and reskilling development
opportunities supported by its quality technology platform and in-demand courses including software development, data science and
cybersecurity. Coding Dojo is reported within the CTU segment.
The final purchase price of $62.7 million for Coding Dojo was allocated to the fair values of acquired tangible and identifiable
intangible assets of $77.8 million and assumed liabilities of $15.1 million as of December 1, 2022. The purchase price consisted of an
initial cash payment made in December 2022, a subsequent payment made during December 2023 and a final payment to be made in
January 2025. Based on our final purchase price allocation, we have recorded goodwill of $57.0 million. Goodwill reflects the revenue
growth opportunities following the acquisition. Substantially all of this goodwill balance will not be deductible for income tax
reporting purposes.
Founded in 1978, CalSouthern has been educating learners through online educational opportunities, primarily in the areas of
behavioral sciences and business management. CalSouthern is reported within the AIUS segment.
The final purchase price of $40.0 million was allocated to the fair values of acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets
of $42.5 million and assumed liabilities of $2.4 million as of July 1, 2022. Based on our final purchase price allocation, we have
recorded goodwill of $21.6 million. Goodwill reflects the revenue growth opportunities following the acquisition. We expect
substantially all of this goodwill balance to be deductible for income tax reporting purposes.
The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of respective acquisition dates
(dollars in thousands):
82
Assets:
Student receivables, net
Prepaid and other assets
Property, equipment and ROU assets
Intangible assets subject to amortization
Trade name
Customer relationships
Course curriculum
Developed technology
Deferred tax asset, net
Goodwill
Total assets acquired
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
Deferred revenue
Total liabilities assumed
Net assets acquired
Coding Dojo
December 1, 2022
CalSouthern
July 1, 2022
$
$
$
$
$
5,171
408
1,121
5,100
1,260
-
6,030
1,731
57,027
77,848
2,664
12,451
15,115
62,733
$
$
$
$
$
3,214
290
-
1,480
14,530
1,390
-
-
21,556
42,460
4
2,419
2,423
40,037
Pro forma financial information relating to the Coding Dojo and CalSouthern acquisitions is not presented because the
acquisitions are not material to the Company.
4. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Recent accounting guidance not yet adopted
In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740):
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require that public business entities on an annual basis 1)
disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation, and 2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a
quantitative threshold. The amendments require disclosure about income taxes paid by federal, state and foreign taxes, and by
individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid is equal or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid. The amendment also
require entities to disclose income or loss from continuing operations before income tax expense disaggregated between domestic and
foreign and income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. For all public
business entities, ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We are
currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition,
results of operations and disclosures.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment
Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced
disclosures about significant segment expenses. The amendments in this update require that a public entity disclose on an annual and
interim basis, 1) significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") and
included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss, 2) an amount for other segment items by reportable segment and a
description of its composition. The other segment items category is the difference between segment revenue less the segment expenses
disclosed under the significant expense principle and each reported measure of segment profit or loss, and 3) disclose the title and
position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss in assessing
segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources. For all public business entities, ASU 2023-07 is effective for annual
periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance
and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.
In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity
Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The amendments in this ASU clarify that a contractual restriction on the sale of an
equity security is not considered part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is not considered in measuring fair
value. The amendments also clarify that an entity cannot, as a separate unit of account, recognize and measure a contractual sale
restriction. For all public business entities, ASU 2022-03 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December
15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact
the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.
83
5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Investments consist of the following as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 (dollars in thousands):
Short-term investments (available for sale):
Non-governmental debt securities
Treasury and federal agencies
Total short-term investments (available for sale)
Short-term investments (available for sale):
Municipal bonds
Non-governmental debt securities
Treasury and federal agencies
Total short-term investments (available for sale)
December 31, 2023
Gross Unrealized
Cost
Gain
(Loss)
Fair Value
$
$
245,886
239,859
485,745
$
$
719
393
1,112
$
$
(892) $
(830)
(1,722) $
245,713
239,422
485,135
December 31, 2022
Gross Unrealized
Cost
Gain
(Loss)
Fair Value
$
$
3,016
222,575
179,068
404,659
$
$
-
37
6
43
$
$
(22) $
(2,880)
(2,485)
(5,387) $
2,994
219,732
176,589
399,315
In the table above, unrealized holding gains (losses) relate to short-term investments that have been in a continuous unrealized
gain (loss) position for less than one year.
Our non-governmental debt securities primarily consist of corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. Our
treasury and federal agencies primarily consist of U.S. Treasury bills and federal home loan debt securities.
A schedule of available-for-sale investments segregated by their original stated terms to maturity as of December 31, 2023 and
2022 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-
investments as of December 31, 2023
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-
investments as of December 31, 2022
Less than
one year
One to
five years
Total
$
$
251,070
188,472
$
$
234,065
210,843
$
$
485,135
399,315
Realized gains or losses resulting from sales of investments were zero during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 and
realized losses were less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Fair Value Measurements
FASB ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used
in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2,
defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as
unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we held investments that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
These investments (available for sale) consist of municipal bonds, non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies
securities. Available for sale securities included in Level 2 are estimated based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets and liabilities, such as quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets or other
inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
All of our available for sale investments were measured under Level 2 as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Additionally, money market funds of $30.3 million and $40.1 million included within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated
balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, were measured under Level 1. Federal agency debt securities of $44.9
million included within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 were measured under
Level 2.
84
Equity Method Investment
Our investment in an equity affiliate, which is recorded within other noncurrent assets on our consolidated balance sheets,
represents an international investment in a private company. As of December 31, 2023, our investment in an equity affiliate equated to
a 30.7%, or $1.2 million.
We recorded a gain of less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, related to our equity affiliate within
miscellaneous income (expense) on our consolidated statements of income. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we
recorded approximately $1.8 million of loss and $0.2 million of gain, respectively, related to our equity affiliate within miscellaneous
income (expense) on our consolidated statements of income. The 2022 loss included $1.2 million related to an impairment of our
equity affiliate due to decline in projected cash flows.
We make periodic operating maintenance payments to our equity affiliate. The total fees recorded for the years ended December
31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
For the year ended December 31, 2023
For the year ended December 31, 2022
For the year ended December 31, 2021
6. REVENUE RECOGNITION
Disaggregation of Revenue
$
$
$
1,672
1,578
1,726
The following tables disaggregate our revenue by major source for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 (dollars
in thousands):
Tuition, net (1)
Technology and miscellaneous fees
Total tuition and fees, net
Other revenue(2)
Total revenue
Tuition, net (1)
Technology and miscellaneous fees
Total tuition and fees, net
Other revenue(2)
Total revenue
Tuition, net (1)
Technology and miscellaneous fees
Total tuition and fees, net
Other revenue(2)
Total revenue
CTU (3)
443,971
20,849
464,820
4,106
468,926
CTU (3)
396,093
20,270
416,363
3,254
419,617
CTU (3)
384,307
22,476
406,783
1,766
408,549
$
$
$
$
$
$
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Corporate and
Other
AIUS (4)
227,099
11,001
238,100
2,200
240,300
$
$
-
-
-
778
778
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022
Corporate and
Other
AIUS (4)
258,667
12,642
271,309
3,170
274,479
$
$
-
-
-
1,112
1,112
For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
Corporate and
Other
AIUS (4)
269,645
11,987
281,632
1,728
283,360
$
$
-
-
-
1,125
1,125
$
$
$
$
$
$
Total
671,070
31,850
702,920
7,084
710,004
Total
654,760
32,912
687,672
7,536
695,208
Total
653,952
34,463
688,415
4,619
693,034
$
$
$
$
$
$
85
__________________
(1)
Tuition includes revenue earned for all degree-granting programs as well as revenue earned for non-degree and professional
development programs.
(2) Other revenue primarily includes contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue.
(3) CTU includes revenue related to an acquisition completed on December 1, 2022 and an acquisition completed on September
10, 2021.
(4) AIUS includes revenue related to an acquisition completed on July 1, 2022 and an acquisition completed on August 2, 2021.
Performance Obligations
Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally
segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational
services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and
fees at varying amounts, depending on the university, the type of program and specific curriculum. Our universities bill students a
single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a
single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree programs and
recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain
fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned over the applicable
term and are not considered separate performance obligations. We generally bill student tuition upon enrollment for our non-degree
professional development programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the length of the offering.
Other revenue, which primarily consists of contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed
and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed.
Contract Assets
For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue
and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A
contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term
that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student
has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On
a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred
revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are
billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of
a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related
to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.
Due to the short-term nature of our academic terms, the contract asset balance which exists at the beginning of each quarter will
no longer be a contract asset at the end of that quarter, with the exception of the contract assets associated with future periods. The
decrease in contract asset balances are a result of one of the following: it becomes a student receivable balance once a student reaches
the point in a student’s academic term where the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student; a refund is made to withdrawn
students for the portion entitled to be refunded under each institutions’ refund policy; we receive funds to apply against the contract
asset balance; or a student makes a change to the number of classes they are enrolled in which may cause an adjustment to their
previously billed amount. As of the end of each quarter, a new contract asset is determined on a student by student basis based on the
most recently started term and a student’s progress within that term as compared to the date at which the student is no longer entitled
to a refund under each institution’s refund policy. Contract assets associated with future periods remain as contract assets until the
course begins and the student reaches the point in that course that they are no longer entitled to a refund.
The amount of deferred revenue balances which are being offset with contract assets balances as of December 31, 2023 and
2022 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Gross deferred revenue
Gross contract assets
Deferred revenue, net
Deferred Revenue
As of December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
63,970
(26,755)
37,215
$
$
107,200
(35,610)
71,590
Changes in our deferred revenue balances for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (dollars in
thousands):
86
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2023
Revenue earned from prior balances
Billings during period (1)
Revenue earned for new billings during the period
Other adjustments
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2023
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2022
Business acquisitions, beginning balance
Revenue earned from prior balances
Billings during period (1)
Revenue earned for new billings during the period
Other adjustments
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2022
$
$
$
$
_______________
(1) Billings during period includes adjustments for prior billings.
Cash Receipts
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
AIUS
CTU
Total
67,245
(60,232)
443,022
(404,588)
(2,916)
42,531
$
$
39,955
(33,294)
218,821
(204,806)
763
21,439
$
$
107,200
(93,526)
661,843
(609,394)
(2,153)
63,970
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022
AIUS
CTU
Total
64,674
10,324
(59,520)
408,796
(356,843)
(186)
67,245
$
$
49,045
2,419
(39,183)
260,513
(232,126)
(713)
39,955
$
$
113,719
12,743
(98,703)
669,309
(588,969)
(899)
107,200
Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal loan and grant programs, institutional
payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional
scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans. Cash receipts from government related sources are typically received during
the current academic term. We typically receive funds after the end of an academic term for students who receive employer tuition
assistance. Students who have not applied for any type of financial aid or students whose financial aid may not fully cover the cost of
their tuition and fees generally set up a payment plan with the university and make payments on a monthly basis per the terms of the
payment plan.
If a student withdraws from one of our academic institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion
of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency
standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the percent of the
term attended and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. In certain circumstances, we have
recognized revenue for students who have withdrawn that we are not entitled to retain. We have estimated a reserve for these limited
circumstances based on historical evidence in the amount of $2.0 million and $2.5 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022,
respectively. Students are typically entitled to a partial refund until approximately halfway through their term. Pursuant to each
university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if
withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date.
Significant Judgments
We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is used in determining the
appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have determined that all of our
students can be grouped into one portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different universities, in different programs or
with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies are similar across all
institutions and students work with the university to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program funds, Veterans
Administration funds, military funding, employer tuition assistance or self-pay. We have significant historical data for our students
which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different as compared
to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.
Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV
Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department to
be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the
progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to
monitor that the collectability threshold is met.
87
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we received a majority of our universities’ cash receipts for tuition
payments from various government agencies as well as our corporate engagements. These cash receipts represent a substantial portion
of our consolidated revenues and all have low risk of collectability.
7. STUDENT RECEIVABLES
Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student
receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables, net, are reflected
on our consolidated balance sheets as components of both current and non-current assets.
Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal loan and grant programs, institutional
payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional
scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans. Cash receipts from government related sources are typically received during
the current academic term. We typically receive funds after the end of an academic term for students who receive employer tuition
assistance. Students who have not applied for any type of financial aid or students whose financial aid may not fully cover the cost of
their tuition and fees generally set up a payment plan with the institution and make payments on a monthly basis per the terms of the
payment plan. For those balances that are not received during the academic term, the balance is typically due within the current
academic year which is approximately 30 weeks in length. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out
of school and it reaches greater than 90 days past due.
Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our
estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe
have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may
impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history,
changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete
the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance
estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis and comparing estimated and actual performance.
We have an immaterial amount of student receivables that are due greater than 12 months from the date of our consolidated
balance sheets. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the amount of non-current student receivables under payment plans that are longer
than 12 months in duration, net of allowance for credit losses, was $3.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
Allowance for Credit Losses
We define student receivables as a portfolio segment under ASC Topic 326 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. Changes in
our current and non-current allowance for credit losses related to our student receivable portfolio in accordance with the guidance
under ASU 2016-13 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Balance, beginning of period
Provision for credit losses
Amounts written-off
Recoveries
Balance, end of period
Fair Value Measurements
For the year ended December 31,
2022
2021
2023
$
$
43,141
33,215
(40,590)
2,016
37,782
$
$
39,255
41,574
(40,455)
2,767
43,141
$
$
42,147
44,349
(50,514)
3,273
39,255
The carrying amount reported in our consolidated balance sheets for the current portion of student receivables approximates fair
value because of the nature of these financial instruments as they generally have short maturity periods. It is not practicable to estimate
the fair value of the non-current portion of student receivables, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable
estimation methodology exists.
88
8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
The cost basis and estimated useful lives of property and equipment as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows (dollars in
thousands):
Computer hardware and software
Leasehold improvements
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Building and improvements
Other
Construction in progress
Less-accumulated depreciation
Total property and equipment, net
December 31,
2023 (1)
2022 (1)
$
41,844 $
35,698
16,454
10,865
9,163
22
1,808
80,156
(58,785)
21,371 $
19,824
11,417
9,163
22
4,152
80,276
(54,238)
26,038
$
Life
3 years
Shorter of Life of Lease
or Useful Life
5-10 years
15-35 years
5-10 years
___________________
(1)
Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended
December 31, 2023 and 2022; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were
reduced to zero for these assets.
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $9.3 million, $12.4 million and $12.3 million,
respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded $2.1 million of asset impairments related to software assets not
expected to be utilized and leasehold improvements located at lease facilities which the Company made the decision to no longer
utilize. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded $0.8 million of asset impairment primarily related to leasehold
improvements located at lease facilities which the Company made the decision to no longer utilize.
9. LEASES
We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates
through 2032. Lease terms generally range from five to ten years with one to four renewal options for extended terms. In most cases,
we are required to make additional payments under facility operating leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred
during the operating lease period, which are typically variable in nature.
We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or
equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon identification and commencement of a lease, we establish a right
of use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability.
Quantitative lease information
Quantitative information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 is presented in the following
table (dollars in thousands):
89
Lease expenses (1)
Fixed lease expenses - operating
Variable lease expenses - operating
Sublease income (2)
Total lease expenses
Other information
Gross operating cash flows for operating leases (3)
Operating cash flows from subleases (3)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
6,410
1,401
(500)
7,311
$
$
11,033
3,726
(1,087)
13,672
$
$
11,442
3,173
(1,359)
13,256
(9,845) $
$
488
(16,827) $
$
1,108
(18,390)
1,430
$
$
$
$
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) –
operating leases
Weighted average discount rate – operating leases
As of December 31,
2023
As of December 31,
2022
As of December 31,
2021
55
4.9%
63
4.8%
69
4.9%
_____________
(1)
Lease expense and sublease income represent the amount recorded within our consolidated statements of income. Variable
lease amounts represent expenses recognized as incurred which are not included in the lease liability. Fixed lease expenses
and sublease income are recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term and therefore are not necessarily representative
of cash payments during the same period.
Historically, for certain of our leased locations we had vacated the facility and had fully or partially subleased the space. As
of December 31, 2023, we no longer have any subleased locations.
Cash flows are presented on a consolidated basis and represent cash payments for fixed and variable lease costs.
(2)
(3)
Gross Lease Obligations
As of December 31, 2023, future minimum lease payments under operating leases which are included in lease liabilities on our
consolidated balance sheet are as follows (dollars in thousands):
2024 (1)
2025
2026
2027
2028 and thereafter
Total
Less: imputed interest
Present value of future minimum lease payments
Less: current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
Operating Leases Total
$
$
$
7,028
6,915
6,914
5,869
3,964
30,690
3,643
27,047
5,701
21,346
_____________
(1)
Amounts provided are for unpaid lease obligations remaining as of December 31, 2023.
Significant Judgments and Assumptions
We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and
related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the
net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore
we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease
modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount
equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.
90
We have eleven leases related to our ongoing operations which consist of administrative offices and university locations, of
which two are either month to month leases or had an initial lease term of less than one year and therefore are not included in the lease
liability and ROU asset recorded within our consolidated balance sheet. For those leases that we are reasonably certain that we will
extend or terminate the leases at lease conception or modification, we have taken those factors into account when determining the
lease liability recorded within our consolidated balance sheet.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded $2.4 million of asset impairment charges related to certain ROU assets
within the CTU segment. Management made the decision to no longer use the spaces associated with the ROU assets and as a result
recorded an asset impairment charge in accordance with ASC Topic 360 for the remaining value, adjusted for any early lease
termination options that the Company plans to execute.
10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The carrying value of goodwill was $241.2 million and $243.5 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
A reconciliation of the changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 is as
follows (dollars in thousands):
CTU
2023
AIUS
As of December 31,
Total
CTU
2022
AIUS
Total
Balance, beginning of
year
Business acquisitions (1)
Balance, end of year
$
$
133,133
(2,378)
130,755
$
$
110,407
-
110,407
$
$
243,540
(2,378)
241,162
$
$
73,728
59,405
133,133
$
$
88,851
21,556
110,407
$
$
162,579
80,961
243,540
___________________
(1)
period.
The negative adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2023 relates to purchase accounting adjustments finalized during the
In assessing the fair value for CTU and AIUS, we performed a qualitative assessment as of October 1, 2023 to determine if we
believe it is more likely than not that our reporting unit’s carrying values exceed their respective fair values. When performing the
qualitative assessment, management first considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to
determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focused on the significant inputs,
including its projections of revenue growth, operating expense leverage and the discount rate used in the prior year quantitative
assessment, and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs. These events and circumstances included, but
were not limited to, financial performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive,
economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment
or increased competition. Management evaluated all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could
affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. Additionally, management evaluated its most recent quantitative assessment
to determine by how much the previous fair value exceeded the carrying value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset.
The determination of estimated fair value of each reporting unit requires significant estimates and assumptions, and as such,
these fair value measurements are categorized as Level 3 per ASC Topic 820. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but
are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rates, operating cash flow projections and capital expenditure forecasts. Due to
the inherent uncertainty involved in deriving those estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. We evaluate the merits
of each significant assumption used, both individually and in the aggregate, to assess the fair value of each reporting unit for
reasonableness.
91
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the net book value of intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows (dollars in
thousands):
Amortizable intangible assets:
Course curriculum
Customer relationships
Developed technology
Trade names
Net book value, amortizable intangible
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated
Impairments
Net Book
Value
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated
Impairments
Net Book
Value
$ 2,790 $
38,090
8,820
13,060
(1,817) $
(15,502)
(2,490)
(3,803)
- $
973 $ 2,790 $
(111) 22,477
817
4,052
(5,513)
(5,205)
38,090
8,820
13,060
(1,461) $
(10,815)
(1,022)
(2,683)
- $ 1,329
(111) 27,164
7,337
(461)
9,834
(543)
assets:
$62,760 $ (23,612) $ (10,829) $28,319 $62,760 $ (15,981) $
(1,115) $45,664
Non-amortizable intangible assets:
Accreditation rights
CTU trade name
Non-amortizable intangible assets
Intangible assets, net
$ 1,000
6,900
7,900
$36,219
$ 1,000
6,900
7,900
$53,564
Amortizable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their remaining estimated useful lives, which range
from two to fourteen years. Amortization expense was $7.6 million, $7.3 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31,
2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded $9.7 million of asset impairment charges related to certain definite-
lived intangible assets within the CTU segment as a result of a decline in projected cash flows associated with these assets. The fair
value of these definite-lived intangible assets were determined to be zero based upon the projected cash flow estimates for the
remaining useful life. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded $1.1 million of asset impairment charges related to
certain of our definite-lived intangible assets within the AIUS segment as a result of a decline in cash flows associated with those
intangible assets. The fair value of these definite-lived intangible assets were determined to be zero based upon the projected cash
flow estimates for the remaining useful life of the primary asset.
On June 30, 2023, the Company entered into a non-cash asset purchase agreement with Le Cordon Bleu International B.V.
("LCBI"), a company incorporated in The Netherlands, to sell Perdoceo's outright rights to the Le Cordon Bleu ("LCB") brand, trade
names and rights for North America in exchange for 1.8 million outstanding shares of Perdoceo's stock. The fair value of the 1.8
million shares received was $22.1 million, resulting in a non-cash gain on sale of asset of $22.1 million recorded within other
miscellaneous income (expense) on our consolidated statements of income with the offset being recorded as an addition to treasury
stock on our consolidated balance sheet.
As of December 31, 2023, net intangible assets include certain accreditation rights and trade names that are considered to have
indefinite useful lives and, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, are not subject to
amortization but rather reviewed for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test.
We performed our annual impairment testing of other indefinite-lived intangible asset balances as of October 1, 2023 utilizing
the qualitative assessment approach and concluded that no indicators existed that would suggest that it is more likely than not that the
assets would be impaired. We monitor the operating results and revenue projections related to our CTU trade name and accreditation
rights on a quarterly basis for signs of possible declines in estimated fair value. When performing the qualitative assessment,
management considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the intangible assets to determine whether it is
necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. These events and circumstances included, but were not limited to, financial
performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business,
and industry and market considerations. Management evaluated these events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating
factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value.
11. CREDIT AGREEMENT
On September 8, 2021, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors thereunder entered into a credit agreement with Wintrust
Bank N.A. (“Wintrust”), in its capacities as the sole lead arranger, sole bookrunner, administrative agent and letter of credit issuer for
the lenders from time to time parties thereto. The credit agreement provides the Company with the benefit of a $125.0 million senior
secured revolving credit facility. The $125.0 million revolving credit facility under the credit agreement is scheduled to mature on
September 8, 2024. So long as no default has occurred and other conditions have been met, the Company may request an increase in
the aggregate commitment in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million. The loans and letter of credit obligations under the credit
92
agreement are secured by substantially all assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors. The credit agreement requires that
interest is payable at the end of each respective interest period or monthly in arrears, fees are payable quarterly in arrears and principal
is payable at maturity. Under the credit agreement, outstanding principal amounts bear annual interest at a fluctuating rate equal to
1.0% less than the administrative agent’s prime commercial rate, subject to a 3.0% minimum rate. A higher rate may apply to late
payments or if any event of default exists.
We may prepay amounts outstanding under the credit agreement provided notice be received by Administrative agent on the
date of prepayment by early morning, in each case without premium or penalty, and terminate or reduce the commitments provided
notice received by Administrative agent five business days prior. The credit agreement and the ancillary documents executed in
connection therewith contain customary affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. The Company is required to
maintain unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments in domestic accounts in an amount at least equal to the
aggregate loan commitments then in effect. Acquisitions to be undertaken by the Company must meet certain criteria, and the
Company’s ability to make restricted payments, including payments in connection with a repurchase of shares of our common stock
and quarterly dividend payments, is subject to an aggregate maximum of $100.0 million per fiscal year. Upon the occurrence of
certain regulatory events or if the Company’s unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short term investments are less than 125% of the
aggregate amount of the loan commitments then in effect, the Company is required to maintain cash in a segregated, restricted account
in an amount not less than the aggregate loan commitments then in effect. The credit agreement also contains customary
representations and warranties, events of default, and rights and remedies upon the occurrence of any event of default thereunder,
including rights to accelerate the loans, terminate the commitments and realize upon the collateral securing the obligations under the
credit agreement.
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.
Selected details of our credit agreement as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (dollars in
thousands):
Credit Agreement:
Credit facility remaining availability
Outstanding letters of credit
Availability of additional letters of credit (1)
Weighted average daily revolving credit borrowings
for the year ended
Weighted average annual interest rate
Commitment fee rate
Letter of credit fee rate (2)
As of December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
124,133
867
124,133
-
0.00%
0.30%
7.50%
124,113
887
124,113
-
0.00%
0.30%
6.50%
________________
(1) The letters of credit availability under the credit agreement with Wintrust is up to the borrowing limit of $125.0 million.
(2) The letter of credit fee rate is based on prime minus 1.0%, subject to a minimum rate of 3.0%. The prime rate as of December 31,
2023 was 8.50%, which would yield a 7.50% fee rate, which is reflected in the table above.
12. CONTINGENCIES
An accrual for estimated legal fees and settlements of $2.4 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31,
2022, respectively, is presented within other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of loss can be
reasonably estimated. We evaluate, at least quarterly, developments in our legal matters that could affect the amount of liability that
was previously accrued and make adjustments as further information develops, circumstances change or contingencies are resolved.
Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. We may be unable to estimate a possible loss
or range of possible loss due to various reasons, including, among others: (1) if the damages sought are indeterminate; (2) if the
proceedings are in early stages; (3) if there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals, motions or settlements; (4) if there are
significant factual issues to be determined or resolved; and (5) if there are novel or unsettled legal theories presented. In such
instances, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including a possible eventual loss, if any.
United States of America, ex rel. Fiorisce LLC v. Perdoceo Education Corporation, Colorado Technical University, Inc. and
American InterContinental University, Inc. On July 19, 2023, we became aware of an amended complaint filed in the U.S. District
Court for the District of Colorado on May 19, 2023. The original complaint was filed under seal on February 25, 2021 by a former
employee of Colorado Technical University through a limited liability company, on behalf of herself, any other interested parties
affiliated with the LLC and the federal government. On July 18, 2023, the district court ordered the complaint unsealed and we were
notified that the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") had declined to intervene in the action on February 3, 2023. The company had
93
previously received a Civil Investigative Demand on April 8, 2022 from the DOJ and had been cooperating with the DOJ in its review.
After the federal government declined to intervene in this case, the relator elected to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal
government. If she is successful, she would receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery. The amended complaint alleges
violations of the False Claims Act related to the company’s compliance with federal financial aid credit hour requirements in
connection with its use of its learning management system. Relator claims that defendants’ conduct caused the government to make
payments of federal funds to defendants which the government would not have made if not for defendants’ alleged violation of the
law. Relator seeks treble damages plus civil penalties and attorneys’ fees. On January 4, 2024, the Court granted a motion to dismiss
with respect to Perdoceo Education Corporation and American InterContinental University, Inc. which removes them as defendants in
the case. The Court’s dismissal was “without prejudice”, which allows the relator in the case the opportunity to amend and refile a
further amended complaint with respect to those two parties. The Relator has filed a motion, which is pending before the Court, that
seeks permission to file a further amended complaint with respect to only Perdoceo Education Corporation.
Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point.
Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for this action.
Accordingly, we have not recognized any liability associated with this action.
We receive from time-to-time requests from state attorneys general, federal and state government agencies and accreditors
relating to our institutions, to specific complaints they have received from students or former students or to student loan forgiveness
claims which seek information about students, our programs, and other matters relating to our activities. These requests can be broad
and time consuming to respond to, and there is a risk that they could expand and/or lead to a formal action or claims of non-
compliance. We are subject to a variety of other claims, lawsuits, arbitrations and investigations that arise from time to time out of the
conduct of our business, including, but not limited to, matters involving prospective students, students or former students, alleged
violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, both individually and on behalf of a putative class, and employment matters.
Periodically matters arise that we consider outside the scope of ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. While we
currently believe that these matters, individually or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position,
cash flows or results of operations, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, and management’s view of these matters may
change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur in any one or more of these matters, there exists the possibility of a
material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position and cash flows.
13. INCOME TAXES
Pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $192.1 million, $134.3 million and $149.1 million,
respectively.
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 consists of the following (dollars in
thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31,
2022
2021
2023
Current provision
Federal
State and local
Foreign
Total current provision
Deferred provision (benefit)
Federal
State and local
Total deferred provision (benefit)
Total provision for income taxes
$
$
32,792
7,903
13
40,708
2,640
1,121
3,761
44,469
$
$
33,166
5,913
-
39,079
(3,767)
3,090
(677)
38,402
$
$
19,143
4,956
-
24,099
13,389
1,942
15,331
39,430
94
A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to our effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31,
2023, 2022 and 2021 is as follows:
For the Year Ended December 31,
2022
2021
2023
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
State and local income taxes
Stock-based compensation
Capital loss
Valuation allowance
Worthless stock deduction
Tax credits
Other
Effective income tax rate
21.0 %
2.9
(0.1)
-
(0.1)
(2.4)
(0.4)
2.2
23.1 %
21.0 %
2.7
0.6
2.3
(0.6)
-
(0.3)
2.9
28.6 %
21.0 %
2.6
1.0
(2.1)
2.1
-
(0.3)
2.1
26.4 %
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a $0.3 million favorable adjustment associated with the tax
effect of stock-based compensation, which decreased the effective tax rate by 0.1%. The 2023 effective tax rate was also impacted by
a $4.5 million favorable adjustment related to the recognition of the tax benefits associated with a previously disclosed prior year
ordinary loss attributable to the stock of a worthless subsidiary, which decreased the effective tax rate by 2.4% and a $0.7 million
favorable adjustment related to federal and state credits claimed for the 2022 return and anticipated for the 2023 tax year, which
decreased the effective tax rate by 0.4%.
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2022 includes a $0.8 million unfavorable adjustment associated with the
tax effect of stock-based compensation, which increased the effective rate by 0.6%. The 2022 effective tax rate also reflects the
establishment of a full valuation allowance of $1.4 million with respect to select combined state net operating losses that are
anticipated to go unused and $0.9 million related to the expected non-deductibility of reductions in the carrying value of our equity
investment, which collectively increased the effective rate by 1.7%. During 2022, the Company re-evaluated the character of the loss
incurred on the elimination of a wholly-owned subsidiary during the prior year and re-categorized this transaction in its 2021 tax
returns as an ordinary loss attributable to the stock of a worthless subsidiary. As a result of our assessment, the $3.1 million deferred
tax asset and offsetting valuation allowance with respect to the capital loss carryforward was eliminated, which had an offsetting
impact on the effective tax rate of 2.3%.
The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes a $1.6 million unfavorable adjustment associated with the
tax effect of stock-based compensation, which increased the effective tax rate by 1.0%. The 2021 effective tax rate also reflects a
$0.5 million favorable adjustment related to federal and state credits claimed for the 2020 tax return and anticipated for the 2021 tax
year, which decreased the effective tax rate by 0.3% and a $3.1 million favorable adjustment associated with a capital loss incurred for
tax purposes on the elimination of a wholly-owned subsidiary, which decreased the effective tax rate by 2.1%. Since utilization of the
capital loss is not anticipated, a valuation allowance of $3.1 million was established against the full amount of the deferred tax balance
for the capital loss carryforward, which increased the effective tax rate by 2.1%.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and
2021 is as follows (dollars in thousands):
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of the year
Additions for tax positions of prior years
Additions for tax positions related to the current year
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations
Subtotal
Interest and penalties
Total gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of the year
2023
2022
2021
$
$
24,658 $
16
7,325
(5,083)
(1,230)
25,686
3,257
28,943 $
15,951 $
4,290
5,584
-
(1,167)
24,658
2,451
27,109 $
11,794
941
4,250
-
(1,034)
15,951
2,020
17,971
The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future
periods was $22.9 million and $22.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31,
2023, our short and long-term reserves, recorded within current accrued income taxes and other non-current liabilities, respectively,
related to FASB’s interpretation No. 48 of ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes or(“FIN 48”), were
$2.0 million and $23.7 million, respectively. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within provision for
income taxes on our consolidated statements of income. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties resulting from such
unrecognized tax benefits was $3.3 million and $2.5 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. For the years ended
95
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we recognized less than $0.7 million of expense, less than $0.4 million of expense and less than
$0.1 million of expense, respectively, related to interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated results of
operations.
Perdoceo and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and in various state and local jurisdictions and are routinely
examined by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2023, Perdoceo had been examined by the Internal Revenue
Service through our tax year ending December 31, 2014. Due to the expiration of various statutes of limitations, it is reasonably
possible that Perdoceo’s gross unrecognized tax benefits balance may change within the next twelve months by a range of zero to
$2.8 million.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result primarily from temporary differences in the recognition of various expenses for
tax and financial statement purposes, and from the recognition of the tax benefits of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
Components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Deferred income tax assets:
Accrued occupancy
Foreign tax credits
Valuation allowance foreign tax credits
Compensation and employee benefits
Tax net operating loss carry forwards
Valuation allowance
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accrued settlements and legal
Accrued severance
Equity method for investments
Equity method for investments valuation allowance
Available for sale short-term investments
Available for sale short-term investments valuation
allowance
Capitalized research and development
Depreciation
Other
Total deferred income tax assets
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Amortization
Right of use asset, net
Other
Total deferred income tax liabilities
Net deferred income tax assets
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
6,635 $
-
-
6,921
16,446
(13,003)
6,227
462
1,095
873
(873)
146
(146)
5,189
1,262
1,846
33,080
1,710
4,564
3,002
9,276
23,804 $
8,232
7,229
(7,229)
9,399
17,530
(13,159)
6,444
159
539
881
(881)
1,267
(1,267)
2,896
1,060
1,492
34,592
1,420
6,199
2,360
9,979
24,613
As of December 31, 2023, the Company has a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $151.7 million and a gross
deferred tax liability of $38.8 million. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had a gross deferred tax asset before valuation
allowance of $170.2 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $42.1 million.
As of December 31, 2022, we have federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $10.4 million and state
NOL carryforwards of approximately $7.1 million, remaining from the acquisition of Coding Dojo. These federal and state NOL’s
relate to post-2017 tax years and can be carried forward indefinitely. For the tax year ended December 31, 2023, we expect to utilize
federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $6.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, due to the limitation on the
utilization of acquired NOL carryforwards. Excluding the Coding Dojo state NOL’s referred to above, we have state NOL
carryforwards of approximately $266.4 million, which expire between 2024 and 2037. Of this amount, approximately $81.0 million
relates to separate state NOL carryforwards and $132.4 million relates to combined state NOL carryforwards, which we anticipate will
not be used due to the teach-out of the schools in the applicable combined filing jurisdictions. Valuation allowances have been
established against the full amounts of the deferred tax balances for the separate state NOL and the combined state NOL.
In assessing the continued need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the
likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining whether a deferred tax
asset will be realized include whether sufficient taxable income is expected in future years in order to use the deferred tax asset. In
evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along
with possible sources of future taxable income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting
96
differences, the existence of taxable income in prior carryback years, the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be
implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits and expected future taxable income. Changes in, among other
things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of
income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If,
based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation
allowance, or release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be
realized. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be
objectively verified. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be
recorded against deferred tax assets.
As of December 31, 2022 a valuation allowance of $22.5 million was maintained with respect to our foreign tax credits not
supported by an Overall Domestic Loss (“ODL”) account balance, equity investment, available for sale short-term investments and
state net operating losses. Due to a $4.7 million year-over-year decrease in the cumulative unrealized holding loss on available for sale
short-term investments that is reflected in total other comprehensive income (loss), the deferred tax asset and corresponding valuation
allowance was decreased by $1.1 million. Additionally, the valuation allowance was reduced by $7.2 million for the last remaining
portion of the non-ODL supported foreign tax credit carryforward which expired unused at the end of 2023 and $0.2 million for the
utilization of a combined state net operating loss. As of December 31, 2023, the total valuation allowance attributable to our equity
investment, available for sale short-term investments and state net operating losses is $14.0 million. The Company concluded the
cumulative losses related to the reduction in carrying value of the equity investment are significant relative to the amount invested and
indicative of a potential capital loss, which would not be realizable given the absence of offsetting capital gains. The unrealized
holding loss on available for sale short-term investments also represents a potential capital loss that would not be realizable in the
absence of offsetting capital gains. The separate state NOLs can generally only be used by the originating entity and relate to entities
that no longer maintain active schools. Since these entities are not expected to generate future operating income, the more likely than
not threshold was not reached with respect to this portion of the deferred tax assets. Similarly, the Company determined a valuation
allowance was needed with respect to the portion of the combined state net operating losses which will likely go unused due to the
teach-out of the schools located in the applicable combined filing jurisdictions. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered
realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are increased or decreased,
and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth. We will continue to evaluate our
valuation allowance in future years for any change in circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the realizability of the
deferred tax asset.
14. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Overview of Share-Based Compensation Plans
The Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (“the “2016 Plan”) became
effective (as the Career Education Corporation 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan) on May 24, 2016, and the amendment and
restatement of the 2016 Plan became effective on June 3, 2021, upon its approval by the Company’s stockholders. Under the 2016
Plan, Perdoceo may grant to eligible participants awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock
units, deferred stock, performance units, annual incentive awards, and substitute awards, which generally may be settled in cash or
shares of our common stock. Any shares of our common stock that are subject to awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights
payable in shares will be counted as 1.0 share for each share issued for purposes of the aggregate share limit and any shares of our
common stock that are subject to any other form of award payable in shares will be counted as 1.35 shares for each share issued for
purposes of the aggregate share limit. As of December 31, 2023, there were approximately 4.8 million shares of common stock
available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan, which is net of (i) 0.4 million shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options and (ii) 2.8 million shares underlying restricted stock units, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if
the vesting conditions are met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the
amount vested. These shares take into account the anticipated vesting levels based on projected attainment of performance conditions
for performance-based restricted stock units and have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the
remaining shares available as of December 31, 2023. Additionally, as of December 31, 2023 under the Company’s previous 2008
Incentive Compensation Plan, there were approximately 0.1 million shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and 0.1
million shares underlying outstanding deferred stock units, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting
conditions are met. The vesting of all types of awards is subject to possible acceleration in certain circumstances. If a plan participant
terminates employment for any reason other than by death or disability during the vesting period, the right to unvested equity awards
is generally forfeited.
As of December 31, 2023, we estimate that compensation expense of approximately $15.0 million will be recognized over the
next four years for all unvested share-based awards that have been granted to participants. This amount excludes any estimates of
forfeitures.
97
Stock Options. The exercise price of stock options granted under each of the plans is equal to the fair market value of our
common stock on the date of grant. Employee stock options generally become exercisable 25% per year over a four-year service
period beginning on the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Non-employee directors’ stock options expire ten
years from the date of grant and generally become 100% exercisable after the first anniversary of the grant date. Grants of stock
options are generally only subject to the service conditions discussed previously.
Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 under our plans was as follows:
Options
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Cancelled
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Cancelled
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Cancelled
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023
Exercisable as of December 31, 2023
1,227,074
-
(103,407)
-
(128,576)
995,091
-
(144,009)
-
-
851,082
-
(309,819)
-
-
541,263
541,263
$
$
$
$
$
10.07
-
5.31
-
22.01
9.02
-
6.46
-
-
9.45
-
7.35
-
-
10.65
10.65
$
$
$
$
$
3.31
3.31
725
635
2,860
3,895
3,895
The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding and exercisable stock options under all of our plans
as of December 31, 2023:
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Number of
Options
Outstanding
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in Years)
Number
Exercisable
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
106,656
84,516
9,308
14,932
56,355
5,168
174,268
48,102
41,958
541,263
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3.93
5.96
7.22
8.30
9.69
13.15
13.80
15.39
21.29
10.65
1.38
2.39
2.85
3.18
3.39
3.87
4.18
4.41
5.15
3.31
106,656
84,516
9,308
14,932
56,355
5,168
174,268
48,102
41,958
541,263
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3.93
5.96
7.22
8.30
9.69
13.15
13.80
15.39
21.29
10.65
Restricted Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock which are not “performance-
based” generally vest 25% per year over a four-year service period. Restricted stock units which are “performance-based” are subject
to performance or market conditions that may increase or reduce the number of restricted stock units that vest at the end of the
requisite service period or result in all units being forfeited, even if the requisite service period is met. The performance-based
restricted stock units generally vest three years after the grant date.
98
The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock
under our plans during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021
Granted (1)
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022 (1)
Granted (1)
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023 (1)
Restricted Stock to be Settled in Shares of Stock
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Per Unit
16.70
11.87
16.35
11.98
14.87
10.46
17.34
12.93
12.18
13.58
14.15
12.11
12.19
Units
2,146,050
723,245
(1,329,017)
(77,085)
1,463,193
739,476
(504,223)
(84,236)
1,614,210
741,135
(530,819)
(293,408)
1,531,118
$
$
$
$
_________________
(1)
outstanding as of December 31, 2023, are subject to a 200% maximum payout based on certain performance metrics.
243,730 and 291,338 of performance-based restricted stock units granted during 2023 and 2022, respectively, and which are still
Deferred Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Perdoceo granted deferred stock units to our non-employee directors prior to 2017.
The deferred stock units are to be settled in shares of stock. Settlement of the deferred stock units and delivery of the underlying
shares of stock to the plan participants does not occur until he or she ceases to provide services to the Company in the capacity of a
director, employee or consultant. As of December 31, 2023, there are 58 thousand deferred stock units outstanding.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense. Total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022
and 2021 for all types of awards was as follows (dollars in thousands):
Award Type
Stock options
Restricted stock units settled in stock
Total stock-based compensation expense
2023
December 31,
2022
$
$
-
8,064
8,064
$
$
89
8,648
8,737
$
$
2021
464
14,495
14,959
Share-Based Awards Assumptions
We recognize the value of share-based compensation as expense in our consolidated statements of income during the vesting
periods of the underlying share-based awards using the straight-line method. FASB ASC Topic 718 allows companies to estimate
forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revise such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from
original projections.
The fair value of each share of restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled in stock is equal to the fair market value of
our common stock as of the date of grant, which is the closing price per share of our common stock on NASDAQ.
15. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
On January 27, 2022, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program for up to $50.0 million
which commenced March 1, 2022 and originally expired on September 30, 2023. On July 27, 2023, the Board of Directors of the
Company extended the expiration date of the program to September 30, 2024. The other terms of this stock repurchase program are
consistent with the Company’s previous stock repurchase program which expired February 28, 2022.
The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program will be determined by the Company’s
management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic
conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open
market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be
99
made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased
when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not
obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time,
without any prior notice.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we repurchased 0.5 million shares of our common stock for approximately $8.3
million at an average price of $15.38 per share and during the year ended December 31, 2022, we repurchased 2.1 million shares of
our common stock for approximately $23.1 million at an average price of $11.02 per share. As of December 31, 2023, approximately
$18.5 million was available under our authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock.
Shares of stock repurchased under the program are held as treasury shares. These repurchased shares have reduced the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.
16. WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares assuming
dilution. Dilutive common shares outstanding is computed using the Treasury Stock Method and reflects the additional shares that
would be outstanding if dilutive stock options were exercised and restricted stock units were settled for common shares during the
period.
The weighted average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:
Basic common shares outstanding
Common stock equivalents
Diluted common shares outstanding
2023
For the Year Ended December 31,
2022
2021
66,468
1,358
67,826
67,934
1,097
69,031
70,024
857
70,881
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, certain unexercised stock option awards are excluded from our
computation of diluted earnings per share, as these shares were out-of-the-money and their effect would have been anti-dilutive. The
anti-dilutive options that were excluded from our computation of diluted earnings per share were 0.1 million, 0.3 million and 0.4
million shares for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
In addition to the common stock issued upon the exercise of employee stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units to
be settled in stock, we issued less than 0.1 million shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, pursuant to
our employee stock purchase plan.
17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan which is available to all employees who have worked greater
than 1,000 hours within a fiscal year. Under the plan, an eligible employee may elect to defer receipt of a portion of their annual pay,
including salary and bonus. During 2023, 2022 and 2021, we contributed this amount to the plan on the employee’s behalf and also
made a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 2% and 25% of the next 4% of the percentage of annual pay that the employee
elected to defer. For employees hired on or after January 1, 2020, the participant is 100% vested in the company’s matching
contribution after two years of service. Employees hired before January 1, 2020 are fully vested in the company’s matching
contribution. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we recorded expense under this plan of approximately $3.6
million, $3.1 million, and $3.0 million, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We maintain an employee stock purchase plan that allows substantially all full-time and part-time employees to acquire shares
of our common stock through payroll deductions over three-month offering periods. The per share purchase price is equal to 95% of
the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the last day of the offering period, and purchases are limited to 10% of an
employee’s salary, up to a maximum of $25,000 per calendar year. We are authorized to issue up to 4.0 million shares of common
stock under the employee stock purchase plan, and, as of December 31, 2023, 3.5 million shares of common stock have been issued
under the plan.
The compensation expense for employee share purchases recorded during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
in connection with the compensatory elements of our employee stock purchase plan was not significant.
100
18. SEGMENT REPORTING
Our segments are determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280—Segment Reporting and are based upon how the
Company analyzes performance and makes decisions. Each segment is comprised of an accredited postsecondary education institution
that offers a variety of academic programs. These segments are organized by key market segments and to enhance brand focus within
each segment to more effectively execute our business plan.
Our two reporting segments are described below.
Colorado Technical University (CTU) is committed to providing quality and industry-relevant higher education to a
diverse student population through innovative technology and experienced faculty, enabling the pursuit of personal and
professional goals. CTU is focused on serving adult, non-traditional students seeking career advancement, as well as
addressing employer’s needs for a well-educated workforce. CTU offers academic programs in the career-oriented
disciplines of business and management, nursing, healthcare management, computer science, engineering, information
systems and technology, project management, cybersecurity and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through
fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of
December 31, 2023, students enrolled at CTU represented approximately 75% of our total enrollments. Approximately 97%
of CTU’s students are enrolled in programs offered fully online. Students at CTU's ground-based campuses take both in-
person and virtual classes.
The American InterContinental University System (AIUS or AIU System) is committed to providing quality and
accessible higher education opportunities for a diverse student population, including adult and other non-traditional learners
and the military community. AIUS places emphasis on the educational, professional and personal growth of each student.
AIUS offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information technologies, education,
health sciences and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and
blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2023, students enrolled at AIUS
represented approximately 25% of our total enrollments. Approximately 96% of AIUS’ students are enrolled in programs
offered fully online. Students at AIUS' ground-based campus take both in-person and virtual classes.
We evaluate segment performance based on operating results. Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results
are included under the caption “Corporate and Other,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity and eliminations.
Substantially all revenue earned by our reporting segments are generated in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and segment and
total assets are substantially held in the U.S.
Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CTU (2)
AIUS (3)
Corporate and Other
Total
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022
CTU (2)
AIUS (3)
Corporate and Other
Total
For the Year Ended December 31, 2021
CTU (2)
AIUS (3)
Corporate and Other
Total
__________________
Revenue
Operating
Income (Loss)
Depreciation
and
Amortization
Capital
Expenditures
Total Assets (1)
$
$
$
$
$
$
468,926
240,300
778
710,004
419,617
274,479
1,112
695,208
408,549
283,360
1,125
693,034
$
$
$
$
$
$
144,008
45,283
(38,845)
150,446
141,622
33,315
(45,300)
129,637
148,481
39,130
(38,595)
149,016
$
$
$
$
$
$
11,561
4,992
334
16,887
10,069
9,325
340
19,734
7,365
9,068
333
16,766
$
$
$
$
$
$
546
299
5,566
6,411
3,641
1,069
7,910
12,620
2,949
1,666
5,838
10,453
$
$
$
$
202,728
161,336
643,252
1,007,316
247,510
185,943
523,915
957,368
(1)
Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis and do not include intercompany receivable or payable activity between
institutions and corporate and investments in subsidiaries.
101
(2) CTU results of operations include the Coding Dojo acquisition commencing on the December 1, 2022 date of acquisition and
the Hippo acquisition commencing on the September 10, 2021 date of acquisition.
(3) AIUS results of operations include the CalSouthern acquisition commencing on the July 1, 2022 date of acquisition and the
DigitalCrafts acquisition commencing on the August 2, 2021 date of acquisition.
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Credit Agreement Amendment
Effective as of January 23, 2024, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors thereunder entered into a Second Amendment (the
“Second Amendment”) to their credit agreement, dated as of September 8, 2021 and as amended on April 1, 2022 (the “Existing Credit
Agreement”), with the lenders from time to time parties thereto and Wintrust Bank N.A. (“Wintrust”), in its capacities as the sole lead
arranger, sole bookrunner, administrative agent and letter of credit issuer thereunder (the Existing Credit Agreement, as further
amended by the Second Amendment, the “Credit Agreement”).
The Second Amendment, among other things: (i) extends the maturity date of the revolving credit facility to January 31, 2027;
(ii) lowers the “Prime Rate” floor from 4% to 3%; (iii) replaces BMO Bank N.A. (formerly known as BMO Harris Bank N.A.) with
Valley National Bancorp as one of the lenders that is party to the revolving credit facility; and (iv) modifies the relative commitments
of the lenders that are parties to the revolving credit facility.
The Credit Agreement continues to provide the Company with the benefit of a $125,000,000 senior secured revolving credit
facility, subject to an increase in the aggregate commitment in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 upon the Company’s request if no
default has occurred and other conditions have been met, and continues to provide that (i) accrued commitment fees are payable
quarterly in arrears; (ii) principal is payable at maturity; (iii) the Company may prepay amounts outstanding, or terminate or reduce
the commitments, under the Credit Agreement upon same day or five business days’ prior notice, respectively, in each case without
premium or penalty; and (iv) the loans and letter of credit obligations thereunder are secured by (x) substantially all assets of the
Company and the subsidiary guarantors and (y) upon the occurrence of certain regulatory events or if the domestic cash and cash
equivalents of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors are less than a minimum of $156,250,000, cash collateral in the aggregate
amount of the loan commitments then in effect. The Credit Agreement and the ancillary documents executed in connection therewith
contain customary affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants, including a requirement for the borrowers to maintain
cash and cash equivalents in domestic accounts of at least $156,250,000 at all times. The Credit Agreement also contains customary
representations and warranties, events of default and rights and remedies upon the occurrence of any event of default thereunder,
including rights to accelerate the loans, terminate the commitments and realize upon the collateral securing the obligations thereunder.
Stock Repurchase Program
The board of directors approved a new stock repurchase program commencing March 1, 2024 which authorizes the Company to
repurchase up to $50.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The program expires September 30, 2025 and replaces
the existing stock repurchase program that expires on September 30, 2024.
102
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(dollars in thousands)
Description
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:
For the year ended December 31, 2023
For the year ended December 31, 2022
For the year ended December 31, 2021
Valuation allowance for credit losses:
For the year ended December 31, 2023
For the year ended December 31, 2022
For the year ended December 31, 2021
Balance,
Beginning of
Period
Additions/Charges
to Expense
Deductions/
Other
Balance,
End of
Period
$
$
$
$
$
$
22,536
32,178
29,027
43,141
39,255
42,147
$
$
$
$
$
$
-
3,216
3,151
33,215
41,574
44,349
$
$
$
$
$
$
(8,514) $
(12,858) $
$
-
(38,574) $
(37,688) $
(47,241) $
14,022
22,536
32,178
37,782
43,141
39,255
103
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]